ELCOM INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K405, 1998-03-16
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING SERVICES
Previous: COPART INC, 10-Q, 1998-03-16
Next: DEPARTMENT 56 INC, 8-A12B/A, 1998-03-16



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               ---------------

                                    FORM 10-K

 [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
                                   ACT OF 1934
                 For the fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1997
                                       or
   [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES
                              EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                        Commission File Number: 000-27376
                               ---------------

                            ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                DELAWARE                                  04-3175156
    (State or other jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S.   Employer    
      incorporation or organization)                    Identification No.)
                                 10 OCEANA WAY
                          NORWOOD, MASSACHUSETTS 02062
                                (781) 440-3333
        (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
           of registrant's principal executive offices)

         Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      None
         Securities Registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                                       Name of exchange
          Title of each class                        on which registered
          -------------------                        -------------------
   Common Stock, $.01 par value                            NASDAQ


     Indicate  by check mark whether the  Registrant  (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.

                               Yes...     No..X..

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of  delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item  405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not be
contained,  to the best of the registrant's  knowledge, in definitive proxy or
information  statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this Form
10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]

     The aggregate  market value of the voting stock held by  non-affiliates  of
the  registrant  based on the  closing  price of such stock on The Nasdaq  Stock
Market on March 3, 1998, was  approximately  $124,965,000.  For purposes of this
disclosure  only,  the  registrant  has assumed  that its  directors,  executive
officers,  and beneficial owners of 5% or more of the registrant's  common stock
are affiliates of the registrant.

     The registrant had  27,248,327  shares of common stock,  $.01 par value,
outstanding as of March 3, 1998.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the  Registrant's  definitive  proxy  statement  for the 1998 annual
meeting  of  stockholders  of Elcom  International,  Inc.  are  incorporated  by
reference into Part III of this report.


<PAGE>


                                   



                                     PART I

Item 1. Business

Overview

      Elcom International,  Inc. (the "Company") develops and licenses automated
procurement  software  applications  which  enable the  conduct  of  interactive
electronic commerce and, through its PC remarketing  subsidiary,  uses a version
of its  technology to support the sale and marketing of PC products,  the source
of  substantially  all the  Company's  net sales since  inception.  The Company,
through its technology subsidiary, has developed the PECOS(R) technologies which
enable companies to communicate, market, sell and buy various goods and services
electronically.  PECOS  stands for  Personal  Electronic  Catalog  and  Ordering
System,  and the Company  believes that its PECOS Commerce Manager was the first
transaction-based electronic commerce system to generate substantial revenues in
the emerging area of PC-based electronic commerce.  The Company currently has 10
active license  agreements to companies in a broad range of industries,  for its
PECOS.net Family of Products and is pursuing additional license agreements.

      The Company's  wholly-owned  technology  subsidiary,  Elcom Systems,  Inc.
("Elcom Systems"),  has introduced and continues to develop electronic  commerce
applications  to meet  the  business  objectives  of  organizations  seeking  to
leverage  electronic  commerce to extend market reach, reduce operating expenses
and enable new  service  offerings.  These  applications  direct  communications
between  trading  partners'  systems  for the  buying  and  selling of goods and
services  and are built  upon the  Company's  PECOS.net  distributed  processing
framework  which  provides  secure  and  reliable  transaction  processing  over
networks  including  intranets,   extranets  and  the  Internet.  The  Company's
PECOS.net  Family of Products are designed in a year 2000  compliant  manner and
can support large numbers of end-user customers, products and transactions.  The
Company's  transaction server middleware  provides a fully scaleable  foundation
for robust system performance and high transaction capacity.

      The PECOS.net Family of Products offers electronic  commerce solutions for
sellers as well as buyers.  Elcom Systems' PECOS Commerce  Manager  ("PECOS.cm")
system  provides  selling  organizations  with the  ability  to  support  direct
electronic  linkages  with its  customers,  providing  automation of sales order
processing utilizing personal computers and networking infrastructure.  PECOS.cm
can support a number of deployment  alternatives which include Windows,  Java or
HTML operating in conjunction  with standard browser  applications.  The Windows
client combines a convenient, easy-to-use, interactive, graphical user interface
and robust front-end client, with an integrated  back-end  information and order
transaction  processing  server system operating on UNIX or NT-based  platforms.
Elcom Systems'  buy-side  solution is PECOS  Procurement  Manager  ("PECOS.pm"),
which was  announced  in 1997,  and  provides  purchasing  departments  with the
ability to  automate  internal  procurement  processes  related to  maintenance,
repair and operational products and services ("MRO items").  PECOS.pm can assist
organizations in their  implementation of procurement best practices,  which can
result in reduced order  processing  costs,  consolidation  of vendors,  and the
implementation  of new  service  capabilities,  such  as  desktop  ordering  and
just-in-time purchasing.  Additionally, PECOS.pm can be integrated with existing
enterprise   management   information  systems.   PECOS.pm  is  deployed  as  an
intranet-based technology, which integrates with a company's existing management
information  system  infrastructure  and enables  electronic  commerce  with key
vendors.  Based upon  customer-defined  controls,  the system supports such work
flow processes as requisition  routing and approval,  electronic order placement
and  automated  payment  processing.  The  Company  believes  that  the  current
marketplace  for  a   business-to-business   automated   procurement  system  is
substantial. PECOM.pm version 1.9 is currently in "beta" use at a customer site,
and the Company intends to announce the general availability of PECOS.pm version
2.1 in the summer of 1998, and continue the product's further development during
1998.

      The Company uses the PECOS.cm technology through Catalink Direct,  Inc.(R)
("Catalink"),  the Company's other wholly-owned  subsidiary,  to market and sell
PC-related  products to business customers.  Heretofore,  the Company's Catalink
subsidiary  has  generated   substantially  all  of  the  Company's  net  sales.
Catalink's use of PECOS.cm  represents the first  utilization of this technology
and the Company believes that its PECOS.cm system 

                                       1
<PAGE>

significantly  differentiates Catalink from other PC remarketers while providing
Catalink  with  certain  marketing  and  cost  advantages.   Catalink  commenced
operations  in  December  1993 and has  experienced  rapid  growth.  The Company
achieved  its  growth  by  offering  its  PECOS.cm  technology  to its  Catalink
customers  and by various  marketing  efforts,  including  the  expansion of its
direct sales force nationwide and by the acquisition of six PC remarketers.  The
Company's PC  remarketer  acquisition  strategy  includes  utilizing an acquired
company's  sales force to offer PECOS.cm to  prospective  customers in those new
markets and, over time, to transition  the acquired  company's  customers to the
PECOS.cm system,  thereby generating  increasing revenues transacted through the
PECOS.cm system.  Although there can be no assurance as to the timing or success
of any acquisition,  the Company intends to acquire additional  companies either
to expand its customer base and the use of PECOS.cm or to  complement  its Elcom
Systems'  PECOS.net  technology.  A certain  portion of the  Company's  revenues
continue to be generated by several companies acquired by the Company which have
not converted their  customers'  orders to transact  through  PECOS.cm and these
entities  continue to use, in whole or in part,  traditional  methods of selling
and order taking.

      In addition to PECOS.cm,  Catalink intends to offer its customers PECOS.pm
in  1998,  thereby  providing  its  corporate  customers  with  the  ability  to
reengineer  their MRO items  (including  PCs and related  products and services)
procurement   practices  and   consolidate   suppliers   through  the  Company's
easy-to-use automated procurement system. Although there can be no assurances as
to the ultimate  timing,  capabilities,  or  successfulness  of this technology,
management  believes  that by  providing  PECOS.pm to existing  and  prospective
customers,  Catalink's  sales force will be empowered  with another  significant
competitive  differentiation in the PC remarketing marketplace,  with the intent
to  improve  Catalink's  market  share  as well as  providing  solutions  to its
business partners' needs.

      Catalink  offers over 18,000 products  manufactured  by leading  companies
such as Compaq,  IBM, Toshiba,  Hewlett-Packard and Apple at competitive prices.
Compaq,  IBM,  Hewlett  Packard,  IBM  Software,  Lotus,  3COM and other product
manufacturers  have paid marketing fees to Catalink to advertise  their products
in PECOS.cm. In some cases, these advertisements use full motion video and sound
presentations  which activate "on demand" when a customer clicks for information
on selected  products.  Orders placed through PECOS.cm for products which are in
stock  generally  are  fulfilled  from  the  inventory  of  Catalink  or  one of
Catalink's  Distribution  Fulfillment  Partners ("DFPs"),  which includes Ingram
Micro,   Inc.,   the   largest  PC  product   distributor   in  the  world  (See
- --"Fulfillment/Logistics/Information    Systems").   PECOS.cm   is   distributed
primarily by Catalink's  telemarketing and direct sales personnel to current and
potential customers at no charge on five diskettes or a single CD-ROM.  Catalink
operates 15 Field Sales and Support Offices  ("FSSO") in the United States and 7
in  the  United  Kingdom  and  also  maintains  configuration  and  distribution
facilities in Canton,  MA; Irvine, CA; and Langley,  Berkshire,  United Kingdom,
and also utilizes an outsourced facility in Hartford, CT.

      The  Company's  strategy  also  includes   leveraging  its  technology  in
operating  units or  joint  ventures  (in  which  the  Company  owns a  minority
position)  to create  companies  to market  products in other  industries.  This
strategy may reinforce the PECOS.net Family of Products as significant  enabling
technologies  for  electronic  commerce  while  positioning  Elcom  Systems as a
provider   of   electronic   commerce   systems  for  both  buying  and  selling
organizations.

      In 1996,  the  Company  invested a nominal  amount in,  and  licensed  its
technology to,  ShopLink  Incorporated  ("ShopLink").  ShopLink is a provider of
personal  computer-based shopping services whereby consumers are able to use the
PECOS.cm technology to conveniently  purchase groceries,  health and beauty care
products and other home  consumable  products  and  services and receive  direct
deliveries from ShopLink's product  consolidation  center or product fulfillment
partners to their homes or other specified  locations.  As further  discussed in
the Notes to Consolidated  Financial  Statements  contained elsewhere herein, in
September 1997, the Company sold options to acquire its entire equity  ownership
interest in ShopLink, which may be exercised through March 31, 1999.

      The Company also is pursuing additional  licensing  agreements through its
Elcom  Systems  subsidiary  for the  PECOS.pm  and  PECOS.cm  technologies.  The
Company's  strategy also includes  augmenting its growth by acquiring  companies
with complementary technologies and expertise or existing customer bases.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Electronic Commerce Overview

      Electronic  commerce  involves  the  automation  of business  transactions
through the use of  telecommunications  and  computers  to exchange  and process
commercial  information and to conduct and record  transactions  electronically.
Historically,  the vast majority of electronic commerce has been conducted using
electronic data interchange ("EDI")  technologies,  which typically has involved
the  interchange of information  between large trading  partners and can be both
complex  and  expensive  to  establish.  More  recently,  PC-based  and  network
technologies have enabled electronic  commerce to be conducted through PCs using
common carrier networks such as those operated by AT&T, MCI  Telecommunications,
Sprint Corp.,  and others,  or over a public  network such as the Internet.  The
Company believes that interest in conducting business through Internet Commerce,
the  joining of  electronic  commerce  and  Internet  technologies,  is maturing
rapidly as the marketplace  becomes more aware of emerging technology and of the
advantages  that can be offered to  businesses  and consumers in the form of low
cost communications, reduced transaction time, and ubiquitous access.

      The Company's  PECOS.net Family of Products  currently  operates on common
carrier networks and over the Internet.  The commercial  market for products and
services designed for use with internetworks (i.e. intranet, Internet, extranet)
has only recently  started to develop.  Because  commerce and online exchange of
information  over the Internet  are new and  evolving  and concerns  exist as to
security  of data  during  transmission,  it is  difficult  to predict  with any
assurance  whether the  marketplace  in general  will  accept the  Internet as a
viable environment to support substantial  electronic  commerce  applications or
systems.  The Company also anticipates that the Internet commerce market will be
the focus of rapidly emerging and shifting business and technological  alliances
and  innovations  which  may  affect  the  ability  of the  Company  to  compete
effectively.

Elcom Systems

      Elcom  Systems  designs,  develops  and  licenses  interactive  and robust
electronic  commerce  software systems for use over public and private networks.
In  addition,  Elcom  Systems  offers a full  range of  consulting  services  to
implement,  support and deploy its  electronic  commerce  technology,  including
complete outsourcing. The Company targets businesses that wish to automate their
selling and/or  procurement  processes  through the integration of an electronic
commerce  solution  with their  existing  enterprise  systems.  On a stand-alone
presentation basis for the year ended December 31, 1997, revenues generated from
Elcom  Systems'  licenses,   including  associated   professional  services  and
maintenance fees, were approximately $4.8 million.

      The  Company's  PECOS.net  Family of  Products is designed to be year 2000
compliant  and  create  "full-circle"  electronic  linkages  between  buyers and
sellers  (trading  partners)  which  automate  and  support  many key  functions
necessary  for  large-scale  interactive  electronic  commerce,  including  user
registration  and  authentication,   catalog  and  content  management,  product
searching  and  selection,  order  capture  and  management,  security,  payment
processing,  customer service functions,  and real-time links to order entry and
warehouse management systems thereby facilitating the fulfillment of orders. The
PECOS.net Family of Products includes:

PECOS Commerce Manager - PECOS.cm is an electronic  commerce system that enables
online  transactions.  PECOS.cm  automates the complete sales order  transaction
cycle -  linking  sellers  to  their  customers  throughout  product  selection,
ordering, fulfillment,  delivery and financial settlement. The application helps
companies reduce  manually-oriented  sales operational costs, create new revenue
opportunities,  and enhance  buyer-seller  relationships.  By automating routine
tasks,  PECOS.cm can enable  companies to assert  and/or  maintain a competitive
sales advantage,  compressing  traditional sales cycles from days to minutes, 24
hours a day, seven days a week.  PECOS.cm operates on UNIX and Windows (3.1, 95,
NT)  platforms;   integrates  with  legacy   applications  and  databases;   and
communicates  on  private  and  public IP  networks  (i.e.  intranet,  Internet,
extranet).

PECOS  Procurement  Manager  -  PECOS.pm  is an  intranet-deployable,  automated
procurement  system  that  enables  purchasing   departments  to  improve  their
procurement processes for MRO items, which can reduce product acquisition costs,
improve  service  and  create  desktop  PC  purchasing  relationships  with  key
suppliers.  PECOS.pm can  dramatically  lower  procurement  costs by  automating
traditionally manual or disparate processes by enabling 

                                       3

<PAGE>

automated  procurement  to the individual  desktop PC.  PECOS.pm can replace the
conventional  paper-based  purchasing  process  with an  automated  system  that
includes multi-vendor electronic catalogs, online order entry,  customer-defined
requisition and automated order routing,  and back-end  settlement of electronic
invoices.  In  addition,   approval  routing  and  order  status  updates  occur
automatically with users receiving e-mail  notification of the progress of their
orders.   Other  features  include   archiving  and  reporting  which  allow  an
organization  to review  purchase  histories  and  trends and  monitor  supplier
performance.  In  addition,  the  "recurring  order"  feature  enables  users to
establish and reuse "template orders" for frequently  purchased items.  PECOS.pm
operates on UNIX and Windows NT  platforms  and can be deployed  using  either a
browser or Windows-based client. PECOS.pm can be integrated with a wide range of
enterprise management information systems. The Company believes that the current
marketplace for a business to business supply-chain oriented electronic commerce
procurement solution is substantial.

      In  April  1997,  Elcom  Systems  acquired  certain  key  elements  of the
electronic  procurement  software  which is being  augmented and developed  into
PECOS.pm. The purchase price was approximately $1.2 million,  consisting of cash
and stock.  The Company  intends to continue its investment in PECOS.pm in 1998,
including  finalizing the development of an  intranet-enabled  version which was
deployed as a "beta  version" at a large  customer  during the fourth quarter of
1997, as well as further  development  during 1998 to integrate  other PECOS.net
functions and features.

      Elcom Systems has been  developing  and enhancing the PECOS.net  Family of
Products since 1992, and began actively marketing PECOS.cm in mid-1995. PECOS.cm
is a complete "sell-side" business solution for interactive electronic commerce,
incorporating a front-end  customer  interface which operates on a user's PC for
presentation and end-user functionality and a back-end Transaction Server System
("TSS")  for  transaction  processing  and  electronic  linkage to a  licensee's
internal  information system.  PECOS.cm technology creates electronic  marketing
capabilities,  including support of "click-on" product or other marketing videos
(via CD-ROM), and capture of a customer's  purchasing proclivity and consumption
data, while also maximizing  efficiencies and reducing  operational  expenses by
automating  routine customer service and other  information or  order-associated
functions.

      Elcom Systems continues to develop its PECOS.net  technologies through the
integration of a suite of technologies  that will  effectively  provide a robust
PECOS user interface over the World Wide Web, using industry  standard  browsers
such as Netscape Navigator and Microsoft Explorer.  The Company is able to offer
a complete range of electronic commerce technology deployment  alternatives from
full  CD-ROM  client/server-based  video  interactivity,  to a  so-called  "thin
client" front-end customer interface utilizing standard browser technologies.

      Historically,  Elcom Systems has marketed and sold its products  primarily
through  direct  selling.  Due to its  focus  on  Catalink's  implementation  of
PECOS.cm,  Elcom Systems'  marketing and sales activities did not begin actively
until mid-1995.  Elcom Systems moved into its own leased facility in August 1996
and commenced more active sales activities by expanding its sales personnel.  At
the  beginning  of the  third  quarter  of 1997,  the  direct  sales  force  was
significantly  reduced to a level more consistent with its current and near-term
product  marketing  strategy  and  revenue  expectations.  Elcom  Systems is now
expanding its indirect  selling  methodologies,  which are focused on partnering
with system integrators, suppliers and technology partners.

      Elcom  Systems'  strategy  is  to  enhance  the  PECOS.net   technologies,
proliferate  the  technologies  via  licenses,  and develop new versions to take
advantage of the significant emerging market for Internet commerce applications.
Although  license  revenues  to date have not been  material to the Company as a
whole,  Elcom Systems has 10 (including  Catalink) active license  agreements in
such  diverse  industries  as PC products  distribution,  stationery  and office
supplies, business machine supplies, home consumable products and utilities, and
is pursuing additional licensing opportunities for its PECOS.net technologies. A
further  element of Elcom  Systems'  strategy  is to provide  digital  media and
content management  services to licensees,  including  producing and maintaining
electronic catalogs.

      Elcom Systems is also  investigating  various  growth  options,  which may
include a strategic alliance with a technology or financial partner.

                                       4
<PAGE>

Catalink

      Catalink  Direct,  Inc.,  the  Company's  other  wholly-owned  subsidiary,
utilizes  PECOS.cm  technology  to support the sale and  marketing of PC-related
products electronically. The Company commenced commercial operations in December
1993, and consummated the  acquisitions of Catalink Direct  (Connecticut),  Inc.
(formerly  known as Computer  Specialties,  Inc.) ("CDCI") in 1994, and Catalink
Direct   (Pennsylvania),   Inc.   (formerly   known   as   Computerware,   Inc.)
("Computerware")  and  a  group  of  companies  which  owned  a  United  Kingdom
remarketer of PC products known as Lantec Information Services ("Catalink U.K.")
in 1995, each of which operated as a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Catalink.  CDCI
(as of December  31,1995) and Computerware (as of December 31, 1997) were merged
into  Catalink,  and are no longer  separate  entities.  In February  1996,  the
Company  completed  the  acquisition  of AMA (U.K.)  Limited  ("AMA"),  a United
Kingdom-based  remarketer of personal  computer products which was accounted for
as a pooling of interests.  In December 1996,  Catalink  acquired  Prophet Group
Limited,  a United  Kingdom-based  PC  remarketer,  which was accounted for as a
purchase.  On February 21, 1997,  Catalink  acquired  Data Supplies  Limited,  a
United  Kingdom-based  PC remarketer,  with 1996 revenues of  approximately  $21
million, which was accounted for as a purchase.  Catalink's acquisition strategy
is to utilize an acquired company's sales force to offer PECOS.cm to prospective
customers  in  those  new  markets  and  to  transition  an  acquired  company's
customers, over time, to the PECOS.cm technology.

      Catalink's  PECOS.cm System.  Catalink's PECOS.cm system is a proprietary,
Windows-based  interactive  and integrated  multi-media  electronic  catalog and
interactive  ordering  system that takes  advantage of Windows'  graphical  user
interface.  While the  PECOS.cm  technology  can be  implemented  in  customized
versions,  most of its operational  characteristics  and basic functionality are
common to Catalink's PECOS.cm system.  PECOS.cm is loaded on the hard disk drive
of the customer's PC and "senses" the hardware and color display capabilities of
the  customer's PC system and displays one or more  messages,  if necessary,  to
allow the  customer  to  maximize  the sound (if  available)  and color  display
capabilities  of their PC system to  enhance  displayed  images.  In the  CD-ROM
version,  the front-end  client interface and associated  product  databases are
installed on the customer's  hard drive from the CD-ROM while an object database
consisting of product information (including images, sound and full motion video
advertisements)  resides on the CD-ROM.  PECOS.cm  operates  in a  client/server
architecture  as  an  "electronic"   catalog  with  interactive  and  integrated
communications and ordering capabilities. Click-on icon commands allow customers
to "browse"  through visual display pages to view product images and information
in varying  levels of detail or to search the product  pricing  and  description
databases  and,  using  various  parameters  and  criteria,  compare  and select
products.  When combined with the Company's  transaction-based,  back-end server
systems,  which  communicate  with the Company's and its primary DFP's inventory
system, PECOS.cm creates a "full-circle" electronic commerce system.

      Products selected for purchase are copied automatically to a purchase list
or requisition form with all pertinent information and when finalized,  PECOS.cm
can (optionally)  display the order in purchase order format listing all product
information,  part  numbers,  and  related  information.  After  customers  have
reviewed and compiled their  requisitions or orders (and optionally,  circulated
them internally for approval using their electronic mail system),  customers can
then  electronically  place those orders directly to Catalink's  computer system
using  PECOS.cm.  For orders to be fulfilled  through the Company or its primary
DFP, PECOS.cm concurrently  communicates with the applicable computer system(s),
checks product availability and other information, and displays this information
and confirms the order to the customer in real-time.

      To initiate an order, the customer enters his or her confidential password
authorization,  and  PECOS.cm  automatically  initiates  a  communications  link
("Commlink")  via modem over a toll-free  number or the  Internet to  Catalink's
back-end  transaction  server  system  allowing  information  to be exchanged in
real-time  between the client (the front-end  client interface on the customer's
PC) and the server  (the  back-end  transaction  server  systems  at  Catalink).
Commlinks  typically  last one to three  minutes,  depending  on the  extent  of
product data updates which are necessary, with order-oriented  information being
exchanged  concurrently  with the  computer  systems of the  Company  and/or its
primary DFP. A  comprehensive  electronic link currently is utilized by Catalink
with its primary DFP and  electronic  links are being  pursued  with other DFPs.
During periodic Commlinks, product information on the customer's hard drive also
is updated  automatically to reflect  changes,  such as new products and 

                                       5
<PAGE>

pricing revisions,  new PECOS.cm electronic mail messages, and other information
updates,  unless it has been so long since that customer's last Commlink that it
is determined that it would be more expedient to send that customer a new set of
PECOS.cm disks.

      In addition to providing  its  customers  PECOS.cm,  during 1998  Catalink
intends to further  differentiate itself by offering a Catalink version of Elcom
Systems' next PECOS.pm  system release to its  customers,  as soon as it is made
available,   as  a  systems  tool  to  support  the  consolidation  of  supplier
relationships  into one  manageable  procurement  system.  PECOS.pm  will  offer
various  features to streamline and  consolidate  the  historically  inefficient
process of acquiring products through traditional means.  Catalink believes that
PECOS.pm,  as has  been  the case  with  PECOS.cm,  can  provide  a  significant
competitive  advantage  in the area of  electronic  commerce  that  will  enable
Catalink to continue to differentiate  itself from its  competitors.  Management
believes  that use of PECOS.pm  will empower its  customers  to achieve  process
reengineering and best practice objectives,  as well as leveraging the system to
order  other  desired  supplier's  products  via a fully  integrated  electronic
procurement  system.  There can be no  assurances  as to when  PECOS.pm  will be
finalized,  or made available to Catalink, and after delivery,  whether PECOS.pm
will be accepted and used by customers.

Products and Pricing

      Products.  Catalink  offers over 18,000  products  from a wide  variety of
manufacturers  through  the  PECOS.cm  system.  In the United  States,  Catalink
currently  purchases  selected  products  directly  from certain  manufacturers,
including Compaq and Toshiba,  with the balance of products being purchased from
DFPs,  while in the United  Kingdom,  the  substantial  majority of products are
purchased directly from manufacturers on net terms.  Catalink provides customers
with a large product selection,  including personal computer systems,  monitors,
printers,  peripherals,  software,  accessories and supplies.  Catalink  markets
products sold by the following manufacturers, among others:

                               PERSONAL COMPUTERS
                  Compaq             IBM                 Apple
                    NEC       Digital Equipment Corp    Toshiba
              Hewlett-Packard        AST               Panasonic

                                    PRINTERS
           Hewlett-Packard          Canon               Lexmark
                   Epson             QMS               Tektronics

                                   PERIPHERALS
                    NEC              Sony                Cisco
                   Intel          Mitsubishi            Kingston
                 Viewsonic           3Com                Iomega

                                    SOFTWARE
                Microsoft           Lotus                Corel
                 Seagate            Novell        Computer Associates
                   Adobe            Claris              Symantec

      In the United States,  Catalink has established  electronic purchasing and
supply   relationships   with  Ingram  Micro,   Inc.,  as  well  as  traditional
relationships   with  several  other  large,   national  PC  product  suppliers.
Catalink's   purchasing   relationships  with  DFP  suppliers  are  pursuant  to
industry-standard  arrangements  with  negotiated  pricing based on  anticipated
volume levels and with payment being made through  existing floor plan financing
arrangements.

      In the United Kingdom,  Catalink also is an authorized product fulfillment
aggregator for IBM and Compaq products,  and is in discussions with Ingram Micro
(U.K.) on methods to access their inventory  electronically,  although there can
be no assurances that any DFP arrangement or electronic links will be negotiated
or developed with Ingram Micro (U.K.), or if so, on what terms or timing.

                                       6
<PAGE>

      Pricing.  Catalink  believes that its product pricing is competitive  with
other remarketers.  Catalink offers larger corporate customers a higher discount
than other customers, reflecting the economies of a higher level of purchases by
such customers. The Company uses a specially designed,  customized and automated
pricing system for its customers through PECOS.cm's back-end server system which
supports and tracks a variety of pricing methodologies, including the ability to
provide customized pricing for each customer, by product.  PECOS.cm was designed
so that each time a customer  Commlinks,  Catalink can optionally change pricing
on selected products in real-time, as appropriate.

Professional Services

      Catalink offers a wide range of  professional  services in both the United
States and the United  Kingdom.  Service  offerings  to  customers in the United
States and United Kingdom,  include advising on project and roll-out management,
providing  on-site  engineers  for  network  integration  and  systems  support,
responsive "Help" desk and break/fix services.  The Company also offers national
dispatch  service for  warranty  and repair  contracts.  In the United  Kingdom,
Catalink provides  additional  service  offerings,  including offering customers
complete PC lifecycle  management from purchase to disposal,  high-end technical
consulting,  as well as  designing  and  overseeing  implementations  of complex
applications.  The Company's  service-oriented revenues increased 60% in 1997 to
approximately  $32  million,  from  approximately  $20 million in 1996,  and the
Company  believes  there is a  significant  opportunity  to expand  its  service
operations in the future. Accordingly, the Company expects to continue its focus
on growing this higher margin segment of its business.

Fulfillment/Logistics/Information Systems

      Fulfillment.  In the United  Kingdom,  Catalink  sources  the  substantial
majority  of its  products  directly  from  manufacturers,  while in the  United
States,  Catalink has direct purchasing  arrangements  with Compaq,  Toshiba and
certain other manufacturers. Catalink also sources its products from a number of
DFPs,  including  Ingram  Micro,  Inc.,  its primary DFP, from which it normally
purchases a majority of domestically purchased PC products which are not sourced
directly.  Ingram  Micro,  Inc. is the largest PC  products  distributor  in the
world, with annual sales in excess of $12 billion, and distributes  thousands of
products from over 1,100 suppliers.  Augmented by its DFPs,  Catalink draws from
inventories  which the Company  believes are well in excess of $1.5 billion.  In
the United Kingdom, in addition to its direct purchasing arrangements,  Catalink
also  maintains  relationships  with  several  DFPs.  Catalink's  customers  can
typically   expect   products  that  are  in  stock  and  that  do  not  require
configuration to be immediately available for shipment.

      For computer systems which require configuration, the Company operates two
configuration  facilities in the United States and one in the United Kingdom and
also utilizes an additional  outsourced facility in the United States.  Products
that the Company  purchases  directly are typically shipped to these facilities.
Although  the Company  believes  that both its DFPs and  Catalink  are given due
consideration regarding supply of products by manufacturers and that Catalink is
given due consideration regarding supply of products by its DFPs, constraints on
certain products have been a historical  problem in the PC channel and there can
be no assurance that such periodic constraints may not have an adverse effect on
the  Company's  business  in  the  future.  The  Company  believes  that  it can
substantially  mitigate the risks associated with additional inventory positions
resulting from expanding its United States direct  purchasing  relationships  in
1997 in the same  manner that this has  historically  been  accomplished  in the
United Kingdom, which is to limit the range of models that it stocks to those in
demand  and by  carefully  monitoring  items on hand and  their  associated  net
carrying  costs,  relative to demand.  The  Company  also  believes  that direct
purchasing  of these  products  can improve its delivery  time to customers  and
quality control of configured systems.

      In the United States,  the electronic links between  PECOS.cm's  front-end
client  "interface",  Catalink's  back-end  transaction  server system,  and its
primary  DFP's  computer  system  provides  the  customer  with  seamless  order
processing  and  shipment,  as if a customer's  order was shipped  directly from
Catalink.  Using  PECOS.cm,  when a  customer  clicks and  accepts an order,  if
applicable,   its  primary  DFP's  system  prints  out  a  "pick  ticket"  in  a
distribution  facility,  for the product to be picked for direct shipment to the
customer  or to one of  Catalink's  

                                       7
<PAGE>

configuration  centers.  PECOS.cm  also  can  automatically  select  one  of the
Company's  configuration  and distribution  facilities in the United States (and
similarly in the United  Kingdom) as the source and print a "pick  ticket" there
for  fulfillment.  In order to  provide  similar  electronic  links  with  other
suppliers,  Catalink  is  in  the  process  of  pursuing  electronic  price  and
availability links with its secondary DFPs, which are primarily aggregators, for
electronic  inquiry of product price and availability  (although there can be no
assurances that any such electronic  links will be finalized and implemented or,
if  so,  what  the  timing  thereof  will  be).  Until  these  links  are  fully
established,  Catalink  obtains some of its product to fulfill  customer  orders
from these aggregators and its other suppliers,  including manufacturers,  using
direct order entry  systems  provided by these  companies  and by telephone  and
facsimile  transmissions.  These traditional product fulfillment methods involve
expenses  associated  with ordering,  invoicing and product  tracking being done
manually.  The  Company  has  arrangements  with  most  of  these  "traditional"
suppliers  so that  ordered  products  may  still  be  directly  shipped  to the
customer,  or if necessary,  to a Company  location for  configuration  prior to
shipment to the customer.

      PC Configuration  Capabilities.  Catalink offers customized  configuration
services to its  customers,  whereby a customer can  request,  by clicking on an
option in PECOS.cm,  that Catalink configure their PC system,  load software and
test the PC  system  for  functionality  prior to  shipment.  The  configuration
services  are  offered  generally  on a fee basis and  currently  are  performed
primarily  by Catalink at its Canton,  MA and Irvine,  CA  facilities  and in an
outsourced facility in Hartford,  CT. In addition,  Catalink maintains a product
distribution  and  configuration  facility in Langley,  Berkshire  in the United
Kingdom.   Catalink's   technical   support   staff  reviews  the  viability  of
configuration orders before the order is released for fulfillment,  or on demand
via PECOS.cm's Analyze Custom Configuration function.

      Information  System.  During  1997,  in the  United  States,  the  Company
licensed and installed year 2000 compliant  software from Oracle Corporation and
other  software firms as its  Management  Information  System ("MIS") to improve
management's  ability to monitor and manage the Company and its expected growth.
The Company's installation went "live" in the United States in November of 1997.
This  system  provides  full  year  2000  compliance  and  incorporates  modules
supporting General Ledger,  Accounts Payable,  Purchasing,  Accounts Receivable,
Inventory  and Order  Entry.  The MIS design is a unique  implementation  of the
Oracle  software  applications  which are being  and/or have been  enhanced  and
extended to provide  functionality  not found in the standard system,  including
the ability to:

         Accept  electronically  delivered  sales  orders such as PECOS and EDI
           orders, as well as converted quotations;
         Automatically source product from its own or DFP inventories based
           on set parameters; and
         Automatically  create purchase orders,  electronically  transmit them,
           and electronically confirm shipments by DFPs to enable  invoicing or
           anticipate receipt as the case may be.

      During   1998,   the   Company   intends  to  augment  its  MIS  with  the
implementation of a year 2000 compliant  warehousing system in its United States
distribution  centers.  In  1998,  the  Company  also  plans  to  implement  its
Oracle-based year 2000 compliant  applications in the United Kingdom. The United
Kingdom is currently using a year 2000 compliant  warehousing  system;  however,
the balance of MIS  applications  in use in the United Kingdom are generally not
year 2000 compliant. By the end of 1998 the Company expects installation of year
2000  compliant  applications  to be  substantially  complete in both the United
States and the United  Kingdom.  The Company has been assured by its  electronic
trading partners that their information systems applications either are, or will
be, year 2000 compliant before issues may arise. The Company is dependent on its
MIS and any  problems  with its ongoing  development  and  installation,  or any
interruption in its functional  availability may have an adverse effect on sales
to customers  and/or customer  satisfaction.  Although the Company believes that
its  technology  and operating  systems will be adequate for its current  needs,
such systems will  undoubtedly  require ongoing  modification and improvement as
the Company expands and evolves.

                                       8
<PAGE>



Marketing and Sales

      Catalink Targeted Customer  Segments.  Catalink uses its telemarketing and
direct sales forces in the United States and United  Kingdom to sell to targeted
business and corporate  accounts,  its educational and government  customer base
and,  in the  United  Kingdom,  to its  value-added  reseller  customers.  As of
December 31, 1997,  Catalink employed  approximately 325 sales  representatives,
account executives, telemarketers and related support personnel to service those
customer segments.

      As of December 31, 1997,  Catalink  sales and support  personnel  operated
from FSSOs in 15  metropolitan  areas in the  United  States and 7 in the United
Kingdom. Catalink's primary locations and FSSOs are listed below:

                 UNITED STATES:  15
                 - Allentown, PA             - New York City, NY
                 - Atlanta, GA               - Norwood, MA (Boston)
                 - Chicago, IL               - Philadelphia, PA
                 - Dallas, TX                - Pittsburgh, PA
                 - Edison, NJ                - San Diego, CA
                 - Hartford, CT              - San Francisco Bay Area, CA
                 - Houston, TX               - Stamford, CT
                 - Irvine, CA

                 UNITED KINGDOM:  7
                 - Basingstoke, Hampshire    - London (City of)
                 - Birmingham                - Manchester
                 - Glasgow (Scotland)        - Slough, Berkshire
                 - Langley, Berkshire


      The Company's  strategy includes  expanding  existing FSSOs as appropriate
and opening additional FSSOs and/or acquiring  remarketers in other metropolitan
areas as it deems necessary or desirable.

      Corporate  and Business  Accounts.  Large  corporations  that wish to make
their PC product  procurement  functions more  efficient are Catalink's  primary
target  customers.  Corporate  accounts  typically employ  purchasing  agents or
buyers  with  above-average  product  knowledge  who view  most PC  products  as
commodities.  Business  accounts  targeted by Catalink  range from  divisions of
large  corporations  to  businesses  with as few as  fifty  employees.  Catalink
penetrates   the   corporate   market  with  both  direct   sales   efforts  and
telemarketing.  The Company targets business  customers using a defined business
telemarketing  staff  operating  from  certain of its  United  States and United
Kingdom  locations  whose mission is to introduce  Catalink to businesses  which
would  not  otherwise  be  cost-effectively   penetrated  by  Catalink's  direct
corporate  sales  force.   Catalink's   direct  sales  efforts  include  on-site
presentations,  as well as  demonstrations to potential  corporate  customers of
PECOS.cm,  and as soon as it is made available in 1998, PECOS.pm.  Telemarketers
assist the sales  professionals  by contacting and  pre-qualifying  accounts for
follow-up  and  on-site  visits by the  direct  sales  force.  Customer  support
representatives  and  entry-level   corporate  sales   representatives   provide
day-to-day  administrative  and  operational  support in order to  maximize  the
selling time of the direct sales force.

      Educational and Governmental Accounts.  Customers in this category consist
of educational institutions at a variety of levels, including public and private
K-12 school systems in the United States,  colleges and universities,  and state
and local  governmental  agencies.  These  customers  require a remarketer  with
special knowledge of budgetary cycles and bid processes, and the ability to work
directly with major  manufacturers to support special programs designed to serve
educational  institutions.  In 1992,  Apple Computer  began its Apple  Education
Sales  Agent  ("AESA")  program  for  sales to grade  K-12  schools.  Since  its
acquisition  of  Computerware  in 1995,  Catalink  has operated  under  periodic
contracts  with Apple as the  exclusive  AESA in  Pennsylvania,  West  Virginia,
Delaware and New Jersey.  The current  contract  expires in December 1998. Under
this sales agent  arrangement,  Catalink  

                                       9
<PAGE>

recognizes as revenues only the sales  commissions  on each sale rather than the
full product sales price.  Sales to the education market also can generate sales
of related products and services.  The Company has developed a specialized PECOS
catalog on diskette focused on education-oriented  products and content which is
being offered under the name EdNet. Catalink serves these customers from certain
FSSOs via a separate dedicated sales force.

      Fulfillment Accounts.  In the United Kingdom,  Catalink U.K. also operates
as a product aggregator for IBM and Compaq products, typically serving small- to
medium-sized   value-added  resellers  and  remarketers  that  do  not  maintain
significant inventory themselves. These customers demand competitive pricing and
typically require next-day delivery anywhere in the United Kingdom.  The Company
believes that although its product fulfillment business is to a different market
than its core remarketer  business,  this fulfillment  business,  which Catalink
U.K. has been operating for many years, provides the Company with the ability to
generate incremental revenues over a fixed cost structure.

Customer and Technical Services

      Catalink provides a wide range of customer service and technical  support,
including nationwide toll-free pre-sale and post-sale  telephone-based  support.
Catalink  believes that maintaining a direct customer and technical support link
with its  customers is an  important  competitive  factor and promotes  customer
satisfaction.  In addition,  certain  manufacturers require their remarketers to
provide  certain  levels  of  technical  support  as  an  ongoing  condition  to
authorizing the remarketers to sell their products.

Product Warranty and Service Policies

      In addition to providing its  customers  with  manufacturers'  warranties,
Catalink offers its customers  certain return privileges for products which have
not been used or damaged.  Typically,  such products can be returned to Catalink
for a refund or credit within thirty days of their purchase.  Catalink  believes
that its product  return  policies are  competitive  with those offered by other
remarketers. Typically, manufacturer warranties are included as part of, and are
packaged with, the product.  When  available from  manufacturers,  Catalink also
offers on-site and  extended-term  warranty and/or service policies as ancillary
products  available  for sale  through  the  PECOS.cm  system.  In  addition  to
Catalink's telephone-based technical support and manufacturer programs, Catalink
offers a full range of on-site  and depot  warranty  and  post-warranty  service
options  in  the  United  States,   generally  through  nationwide   outsourcing
agreements with third party service  providers.  Product returns are centralized
at the Company's  facilities,  where the various  tasks are  performed  that are
necessary to either return  products to inventory,  to one of the Company's DFPs
or to a manufacturer for credit, or to liquidate non-returnable items.

Competition

      Electronic  Commerce  Systems  Marketplace.  The  market  for  interactive
electronic commerce software is new and rapidly evolving and the Company expects
competition  in this market to continue to intensify in the future.  The Company
competes with vendors of prepackaged  electronic  commerce software,  vendors of
software  tools for developing  electronic  commerce  applications,  and systems
integrators.  The Company's competitors include IBM, Open Market, Inc., Connect,
Inc.,  Trade'ex Electronic  Commerce Systems,  Ariba Technologies,  Inc., Elekom
Procurement,  CommerceOne  and  Actra  Business  Systems.  The  Company  expects
additional competition from other emerging and established companies,  including
Microsoft  Corp.,  SAP and  Oracle,  all of which have  announced  products  for
Internet-based  electronic  commerce.  The Company's potential  competitors also
include systems  integrators  such as Electronic Data Systems (EDS) and a number
of EDI solution vendors, including Sterling Commerce, Inc.

      Certain of these and other competitors have longer operating histories and
significantly greater financial,  technical,  marketing and other resources than
the  Company and thus may be able to develop or respond  more  quickly to new or
changing  opportunities,  technologies  and customer  requirements.  Also,  many
current  and  potential  competitors  have  greater  name  recognition  and more
extensive  customer bases that could be leveraged,  thereby gaining market share
to the  Company's  detriment.  Such  competitors  may be able to undertake  more

                                       10
<PAGE>

extensive  promotional  activities,  adopt more aggressive  pricing policies and
offer more  attractive  terms to purchasers than the Company and to bundle their
products in a manner that may discourage users from purchasing  products offered
by the Company. In addition,  current and potential competitors have established
or may  establish  cooperative  relationships  among  themselves  or with  third
parties  to  enhance  their  products.  Accordingly,  it is  possible  that  new
competitors  or  alliances  among  competitors  may emerge and  rapidly  acquire
significant  market  share.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will be
able to compete  effectively with competitors or that the competitive  pressures
faced by the Company will not have an adverse effect on the Company's  business,
results of operations and/or financial  condition.  See  "--Electronic  Commerce
Overview".

      PC Products  Marketplace.  The Company has invested substantial effort and
capital to develop and implement its  proprietary  PECOS.cm  front- and back-end
system,  as well as for the  associated  hardware and  electronic  link with its
primary  DFP. The overall  market of companies  which sell PC products is highly
fragmented and Catalink operates in an extremely  competitive  environment which
is rapidly evolving and subject to rapid technological  change. Of the more than
10,000  total  outlets,  the  Company  believes  that  there are more than 1,000
significant  PC product  remarketers  of various  types in the United States and
United  Kingdom.  In response to  competitive  pressures and declining  margins,
traditional computer remarketers are cutting costs and acquiring or merging with
other remarketers to increase scale and efficiency.  A prospective  purchaser of
personal   computer  products  has  the  option  to  purchase  directly  from  a
manufacturer or assembler (e.g.,  IBM, Dell Computer Corp.,  Gateway 2000 Inc.),
from a major remarketer (e.g., Entex Information  Systems,  Inc., Vanstar Corp.,
MicroAge,  Inc.,  Inacom Corp.,  CompuCom  Systems,  Inc.), from a computer mail
order company (e.g., CDW Computer Centers,  Inc., Micro Warehouse Inc., Creative
Computers  Inc.,  INMAC  Corp.),  from  a  systems  integrator  (e.g.,  Andersen
Consulting, EDS), from computer superstores (e.g., CompUSA Inc., Computer City),
electronics  superstores  (e.g., Best Buy Company Inc., Circuit City Group), and
local  computer  stores,  among  others.  Catalink  competes  with  all of these
entities  for the  sale of its PC  products.  Each of these  entities  in the PC
distribution channel competes on a wide variety of capabilities including price,
delivery   performance,   breadth  of  products,   services   offered,   overall
convenience, and in some cases specialized and distinct capabilities. Certain of
these and other potential  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial,
technical and marketing  resources than the Company and greater name recognition
and more extensive customer bases.

Intellectual Property

      The Company's success and ability to compete are dependent,  in part, upon
its  proprietary  technology.  While the Company  relies to a certain  extent on
trademark, trade secret, patent and copyright law to protect its technology, the
Company believes that factors such as the  technological  and creative skills of
its personnel,  new product developments,  frequent product  enhancements,  name
recognition and reliable  product  availability  and  distribution  are of equal
importance for establishing and maintaining a leadership position.  Although the
Company has  received a patent on  certain,  specific  aspects of its  PECOS.net
technologies, there can be no assurance that other entities will not develop, or
have not developed,  technologies  that are similar or superior to the Company's
technology.  The source  code for the  Company's  proprietary  software  also is
protected both as trade secret and as an unregistered  copyrighted work. Despite
these  precautions,  it may be possible  for a third party to copy or  otherwise
obtain and use some  portions of the Company's  products or  technology  without
authorization,  or to develop  similar  technology  independently.  In addition,
effective copyright and trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in
certain  foreign  countries,  and the  global  nature of the  Internet  makes it
virtually impossible to control the ultimate destination of the front-end client
portion of the PECOS.net technologies.

      The Company generally enters into  confidentiality  or license  agreements
with its  employees,  consultants,  licensees  and certain of its  vendors,  and
generally  attempts to control  access to and  distribution  of its  proprietary
software,   documentation  and  other   information.   In  connection  with  the
distribution of Catalink's PECOS.cm front-end client,  Catalink employs licenses
that  generally  are not paid for,  or  manually  signed by, the  end-user  and,
therefore, could in certain circumstances, be found unenforceable under the laws
of  certain  jurisdictions.   Despite  the  Company's  efforts  to  protect  its
proprietary  rights,  unauthorized  parties may  attempt to copy  aspects of the
Company's  proprietary  system or to obtain and use information that the Company
regards as proprietary.  Policing  unauthorized use of the Company's products is
difficult.  There can be no  assurance  that the steps taken by the Company will
prevent  misappropriation  of its  technology  or that such  agreements  will be
enforceable.  In addition,  

                                       11
<PAGE>

litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce the Company's  intellectual
property  rights,  to protect the  Company's  trade  secrets,  to determine  the
validity and scope of the  proprietary  rights of others,  or to defend  against
claims  of  infringement  or  invalidity.   Such  litigation   could  result  in
substantial  costs and diversion of resources and could have a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business,  operating results or financial condition. The
Company  believes  that each of the following  are  proprietary  features of its
"front-end"  client  interface:   the  architecture  allowing  for  easy  custom
modification by the Company or its licensees,  the  capabilities  for display of
certain  business  forms and catalog page  screens,  and the  interfaces  to the
"back-end". However, the Company believes that the most critical and proprietary
elements of its PECOS.net  technology  are the "back-end"  transaction  servers,
order  processing  authentication  and catalog  updating  modules,  which reside
within the computer  systems in the Company's or licensee's  facilities  and are
not available to end-users.

Government Regulation

      The  Company  is  not  currently  subject  to  direct  regulation  by  any
government agency,  other than regulations  applicable to businesses  generally,
and there are currently few laws or regulations directly applicable to access to
or commerce  between  personal  computers,  among local area  networks or on the
Internet.  However,  due to  the  increasing  popularity  and  use  of  personal
computers and the Internet, it is possible that a number of laws and regulations
may be adopted  with  respect  thereto,  covering  issues such as user  privacy,
pricing and characteristics  and quality of products and services.  The adoption
of any such laws or regulations  may decrease the growth of electronic  commerce
and/or the  Internet,  which could in turn decrease the demand for the Company's
products and increase the Company's  cost of doing business or otherwise have an
adverse  effect  on the  Company's  business,  operating  results  or  financial
condition.  Moreover,  the  applicability  to  the  Internet  of  existing  laws
governing  issues  such as property  ownership,  libel and  personal  privacy is
uncertain.

Environmental Matters

      Based on the  Company's  experience to date,  the cost of compliance  with
environmental matters has been immaterial and the Company believes that it is in
material compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations.

Personnel

      As of  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had a total  of 996  personnel,
including 917 salaried and 79 hourly personnel.  The Company's personnel are not
represented  by any labor  union and the  Company  believes  that its  personnel
relations are good. The Company's future success depends,  in significant  part,
upon the continued service of its key technical and senior management  personnel
and its continuing ability to attract and retain highly qualified  technical and
managerial  personnel,   including  its  sales  force.  Competition  for  highly
qualified  personnel is intense and there can be no  assurance  that the Company
can retain its key managerial and technical personnel or that it will be able to
attract or retain additional highly qualified technical and managerial personnel
in the future.

      The  rapid  execution  necessary  for the  Company  to fully  exploit  the
opportunities  for its products and services and the Company's  rapid growth has
presented a  significant  challenge to the Company's  personnel  and  management
resources.  To mitigate  this  challenge  and manage its  expected  growth,  the
Company will continue to implement and improve its information  systems and will
continue to expand, train and manage its personnel base.

Company Trade Names and Trademarks

      The Company has  referred to a variety of other  entities  and products in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K,  certain of which are tradenames or trademarks.
Such  tradenames  or  trademarks  are the property of the  respective  companies
owning such tradenames and trademarks.

                                       12
<PAGE>



Item 2.  Properties

      As of December  31,  1997,  the Company  leased the  properties  set forth
below,  and rented 15 other smaller field sales and support  offices  ("FSSOs").
The  following  leases vary in length  remaining,  from less than one year to 16
years for the Langley, Berkshire facility and, in some cases, include options to
extend the lease terms.

                            APPROXIMATE
                               SQUARE
    LOCATION                  FOOTAGE                         USE
    Norwood, Massachusetts     36,000             Headquarters; Catalink
                                                     Boston-area FSSO

    Westwood, Massachusetts    24,000           Elcom Systems Headquarters

    Canton, Massachusetts      84,000           Catalink Configuration and
                                                       Distribution

    Irvine, California         34,000        Catalink FSSO, Configuration and
                                                      Distribution

    Bristol, Pennsylvania      35,000        Catalink Administrative and FSSO

    Langley, Berkshire(U.K.)   40,000           United Kingdom Headquarters;
                                               Catalink FSSO, Configuration 
                                                       and Distribution

    Slough, Berkshire (U.K.)    7,800                       FSSO
         
Basingstoke, Hampshire (U.K.)   7,500         Catalink Administrative and FSSO
         

      In addition to the leased  properties  noted above, the Company also owns,
through Prophet Group Limited, land and a building in Redditch, Hereford, United
Kingdom,  comprising  administrative and FSSO facilities of approximately 20,000
square feet.

      Subject to ongoing  review,  the Company  considers  its  facilities to be
generally  sufficient to meet its near-term  space  requirements in light of its
current  growth plans.  The Company's  operations are dependent in part upon its
ability to protect  its  network  infrastructure  in its  Norwood,  MA  facility
against  damage  from  physical   break-ins,   natural  disasters,   operational
disruptions and other events.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

      On May  30,  1996,  the  Company  filed  a  complaint  (Civil  Action  No.
96004108-22-05)  in the Civil  Division  of the  Court of Common  Pleas of Bucks
County  Pennsylvania  (the  "Court")  against  John R.  Kovalcik,  Sr.,  John R.
Kovalcik,  Jr.,  James R.  Kovalcik,  Thomas M.  Kovalcik and David E.  Kovalcik
(collectively the "Kovalciks" or the "Defendants"),  the principal former owners
of Computerware Business Trust ("Computerware"), which the Company acquired by a
merger in February 1995. As of May 29, 1996,  none of the Kovalciks,  certain of
whom had been terminated by the Company, were employed by the Company, including
John R. Kovalcik, Jr., a former Corporate Executive Vice President and President
of Catalink  Direct,  Inc.,  who resigned from the Company's  Board of Directors
effective  April 24,  1996.  The  Company's  complaint,  which was  subsequently
amended,  sought  to: (1)  enforce  confidentiality  agreements/obligations  and
prevent the  misappropriation  of proprietary  Company  information  and Company
property, (2) obtain a declaration from the Court that certain of the Kovalciks'
rights under stock option agreements were limited,  (3) enforce the covenants of
the merger  agreement  to determine  the final  amount of the purchase  price of
Computerware,  and (4) recover damages arising from various causes including the
Defendants'  fraudulent  misrepresentations,  and certain breaches of the merger
agreement.

      The Defendants counterclaimed against the Company, seeking to: (1) rescind
the merger  agreement on the purported  grounds that it was not legal, or in the
alternative to receive unspecified additional purchase price consideration,  (2)
receive unspecified  damages for fraud,  breaches of the merger agreement and of
employment  and  

                                       13

<PAGE>

stock option agreements, wrongful termination,  conversion,  misappropriation of
trade  secrets,  unfair  competition,  and  defamation,  and (3) have the  Court
declare the status of the rights of certain  Kovalciks  under their stock option
agreements as being more favorable than the Company contended.

      On March 26,  1997,  the Company and certain of its  subsidiaries  entered
into a Final  Agreement  of  Settlement  and  Mutual  Release  of All Claims and
Demands with the former owners of  Computerware,  including the dismissal of all
litigation pending against the Defendants and of their counterclaims against the
Company. The essence of the settlement, a complete copy of which was filed as an
exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 26, 1997, and filed on April
8, 1997, includes a confirmation of the merger transaction and confirms that the
1,326,417  shares of the Company's  stock issued in 1995 is the  appropriate and
final amount of stock due and payable in  connection  with the  transaction.  In
addition,  the  Kovalciks  have  agreed to  certain  volume  and  manner of sale
limitations on their ability to sell their shares of the Company's common stock.
The  settlement  of  these  disputes  and  related  litigation  did  not  have a
significant impact on the Company's results of operations.

      The Company is a party to various claims,  disputes and other  proceedings
relating to matters arising in the normal course of its business. In the opinion
of  management,  the outcome of these  matters will not have a material  adverse
effect on the consolidated  financial  condition or results of operations of the
Company.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      None

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Price Range of Common Stock

      The Company's  Common Stock is listed on The Nasdaq Stock Market  (Symbol:
ELCO). As of December 31, 1997,  there were  approximately  184  stockholders of
record of the Company's  Common Stock.  This number does not reflect  persons or
entities  who hold  their  stock in nominee or  "street  name"  through  various
brokerage  firms.  The high and low closing sales prices  reported by The Nasdaq
Stock Market for each of the quarters in the two year period ended  December 31,
1997 are set forth in the table  below.  For the period from  January 1, 1998 to
March 3, 1998,  such high and low closing sales prices were:  high:  $6.69,  and
low: $5.19.

    Quarter Ended         1996              1997
    --------------   ---------------  -----------------
                      High     Low     High      Low
                     -------  ------  -------  --------
        March 31,    $14.50   $6.25    $9.00     $5.63
         June 30,     14.63    6.88     7.31      4.56
    September 30,     12.63    5.38     7.00      5.81
     December 31,     10.38    7.25     8.00      5.63

      The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its Common Stock.
The  Company   currently  does  not  anticipate  paying  any  dividends  in  the
foreseeable future. Any payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of
the Board of Directors and will depend upon,  among other things,  the Company's
earnings,  financial  condition,  capital  requirements,  level of indebtedness,
contractual  restrictions  with  respect to the payment of  dividends  and other
factors that the Company's Board of Directors deems relevant.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

      The following  table sets forth selected  consolidated  financial data for
the Company for the years ended December 31, 1993 through December 31, 1997. The
historical financial data are derived from the consolidated financial statements
of the Company audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,  independent public  accountants.
This information  should be read in conjunction with the Company's  Consolidated
Financial Statements and related Notes thereto and with "Management's Discussion
and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations",  which 

                                       14

<PAGE>
are included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The data for the periods presented
are not necessarily  comparable  because of acquisitions  consummated at various
times during the periods presented.

                                  (in thousands, except per share data)
                                         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                               ---------------------------------------------
                               1993     1994      1995      1996       1997
                             --------  -------  --------  --------  --------
INCOME STATEMENT DATA (1):
Net sales                    $22,387  $57,712  $311,423  $620,115  $760,136
Gross profit                   3,749    8,778    39,382    70,039    90,394
Selling, general and
  administrative expenses      4,996   10,364    36,016    57,551    70,200
Research and development
  expenses                       644    1,166     1,122     1,200     1,275
                             -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating profit (loss)       (1,891)  (2,752)    2,244    11,288    18,919
Interest and other income
(expense), net                  (116)    (146)   (1,909)   (2,303)   (4,142)
                             -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income   
  taxes                       (2,007)  (2,898)      335     8,985    14,777
Provision for income taxes       266      564     1,239     3,410     4,489
                             -------- -------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss)            $(2,273) $(3,462)   $ (904)   $5,575   $10,288
                             ======== ======== =========  ======== =========
                                                       

Basic net income (loss) per share     $ (0.37)   $(0.05)    $0.21    $ 0.38
                                      ========   =======   =======   ======
Basic weighted average shares
  outstanding                           9,247    18,195    26,363    26,937
                                      ========   =======   =======   ======

Diluted net income (loss)per share    $ (0.37)   $(0.05)    $0.19    $ 0.35
                                      ========   =======   =======   ======
Diluted weighted average
shares outstanding                      9,247    18,195    29,739    29,461
                                      ========   =======   =======   ======

                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                ---------------------------------------------
                                1993     1994      1995       1996       1997
                                ----     ----      -----      ----       ----
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE 
SHEET DATA (1):
Total current assets           $5,098   $20,313   $136,781  $210,185   $277,806
Total assets                    7,010    22,356    174,231   260,769    332,068
Total current liabilities       5,169    13,997     89,290   161,158    218,300
Long-term liabilities, net of        
  current portion                 401       236         91     1,008      3,465
Total stockholders' equity      1,440     8,123     84,850    98,603    110,303
- ----------

(1)The information  presented for all periods includes the results of operations
   and financial  condition of CDCI, which was acquired in October 1994 and AMA,
   which was acquired in February  1996. The  acquisitions  of CDCI and AMA were
   both  accounted  for on a  pooling  of  interests  basis.  As a  result,  the
   Company's  results of  operations  have been  restated  back to the Company's
   inception in September  1992 to include the results of operations of CDCI and
   AMA.

Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and
Results of Operations.

OVERVIEW

      To date,  substantially  all of the  Company's net sales have been derived
from the sale of PC products by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Catalink,
and its subsidiaries,  to corporate customers. In addition, the Company, through
its wholly-owned technology subsidiary,  Elcom Systems,  generates revenues from
licensing its PECOS.net  technologies  and providing  related  services to other
companies.  On a stand-alone  presentation basis for the year ended December 31,
1997,  revenues  generated from Elcom Systems'  licenses,  including  associated
professional services and maintenance fees, were approximately $4.8 million.

      The Company was founded in 1992,  commenced  operations in December  1993,
and has experienced  rapid growth.  The Company  achieved its growth by offering
its PECOS.cm  technology  to its  Catalink  customers  and by 

                                       15
<PAGE>

various  marketing  efforts,  including  the expansion of its direct sales force
nationwide  and by the  acquisition of six PC products  remarketers.  In October
1994,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of CDCI, a  Connecticut-based  PC
products remarketer,  which was accounted for on a  pooling-of-interests  basis.
Accordingly,  the  results of this  entity  (which was merged  into  Catalink in
December  1995) have been included with the Company's  results since the date of
the Company's organization. In February 1995, the Company acquired Computerware,
a Bristol,  Pennsylvania-based  PC  products  remarketer  (which was merged into
Catalink in December 1997). In June 1995, the Company acquired all of the equity
of Catalink  U.K. a PC products  remarketer in the United  Kingdom  operating as
Lantec  Information  Services.  The Computerware and Catalink U.K.  acquisitions
have been accounted for as purchase transactions.

      In  February  1996,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of AMA,  a
remarketer of PC products in the United Kingdom, which has been accounted for on
a pooling-of-interests basis. Accordingly, AMA's results have been included with
the Company's results since the date of the Company's organization.  In December
1996, the Company acquired Prophet Group Limited,  a PC products  remarketer and
in February  1997,  the Company  acquired Data Supplies  Limited,  a PC products
remarketer,  both of which are located in the United Kingdom.  The Prophet Group
and Data Supplies acquisitions have been accounted for as purchase transactions.
The Company's  remarketer  acquisition  strategy includes  utilizing an acquired
company's  sales  force to offer  PECOS to  prospective  customers  in those new
markets  and,  over a period  of time,  to  transition  the  acquired  company's
customers  to  the  PECOS.net   technologies.   The  Company   intends  to  seek
acquisitions of additional  companies either to expand its customer base and the
use of the PECOS.net  technologies or to complement its Elcom Systems' PECOS.net
technologies, although there can be no assurances as to the success or timing of
any such acquisitions.

      On April 29,  1997,  the Board of Directors  adopted,  and on February 17,
1998 the Board amended The 1997 Stock Option Plan of Elcom International,  Inc.,
reserving up to an aggregate of 2,000,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock
for possible  issuances pursuant to stock options granted  thereunder.  On April
30, 1997, the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary Elcom Systems, Inc. canceled its
stock option plan under which no stock options were then issued or outstanding.

      On July 23,  1997,  the  Company  announced  that its  Board of  Directors
authorized the engagement of the investment banking firm of Salomon Smith Barney
to assist the Company by coordinating and evaluating  options which would enable
the strategic potential of the Company to be realized.  These actions,  intended
to maximize stockholder value, include evaluating the possible sale or merger of
the Company, strategic financing options, and potential strategic partners. This
process  also  includes  investigation  of various  potential  options for Elcom
Systems as a separate company,  including  possible  strategic  alliances with a
technology or financial partner.  The rapid growth of the Company, and the Board
of Directors' belief that the Company's stock is undervalued in the marketplace,
prompted  the  Company to take this  step.  There can be no  assurance  that the
Company will be successful in consummating a transaction or realizing additional
stockholder value as a result of this process, which is currently ongoing.

      On  September  4, 1997,  the  Company's  Board of  Directors  approved and
adopted the Executive Profit  Performance Bonus Plan for Executive Officers (the
"Executive  Performance  Plan") and the Key Personnel Profit  Performance  Bonus
Plan (the "Key  Personnel  Plan" and,  together  with the  Executive  Plan,  the
"Plans").  The Plans will only be effective if the Executive Performance Plan is
approved by the  stockholders  of the Company,  and provide that the  designated
Executive  Officers and Key Personnel  collectively  will be entitled to a bonus
based on a  designated  portion of the  year-to-year  increase in the  Company's
Operating Profit (as defined in the Plans and which could include a reduction in
operating losses). The aggregate total of the designated percentages for bonuses
under both Plans cannot  exceed 20% of the increase in the  Company's  Operating
Profit (the "Bonus Pool") and an individual's annual  participation in the Bonus
Pool is limited to two times the individual's base salary. The Company will seek
approval and ratification of the Executive  Performance Plan by its stockholders
at the Company's 1998 Annual Meeting. The Plans cover fiscal years commencing in
1998; however, if the Executive Performance Plan is not approved by Stockholders
at the Company's 1998 Annual Meeting, the Plans will automatically terminate and
no payments will accrue or be paid thereunder.

                                       16

<PAGE>

      During  the  fourth  quarter  of  1997,  the  Company   completed  initial
implementation  in the United  States of its year 2000  compliant,  Oracle-based
enterprise  Management  Information  System  ("MIS").  During 1998,  the Company
intends  to augment  the MIS with the  implementation  of a year 2000  compliant
warehousing  system in its United  States  distribution  centers.  In 1998,  the
Company also plans to implement  these year 2000 compliant  applications  in its
United Kingdom  operations.  The United Kingdom operations are currently using a
year 2000 compliant warehousing system,  however the balance of MIS applications
in use in the United Kingdom are generally not year 2000  compliant.  By the end
of 1998,  the Company  expects the  installation  of its year 2000 compliant MIS
applications to be  substantially  complete in both its United States and United
Kingdom  operations.  The Company has been assured by its key electronic trading
partners that their information system applications either are, or will be, year
2000  compliant  before  issues may arise.  The  Company's  PECOS.net  family of
electronic commerce  technology  applications have been developed in a year 2000
compliant fashion.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following  table sets forth various items as a percentage of net sales
for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 1997:

                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                 1995    1996     1997
                                                 ----    ----     ----
                 Net sales                       100%    100%     100%
                 Gross profit                     13      11       12
                 Selling, general and
                   administrative expense         12       9        9
                 Research and development         
                 expenses.....                    --      --       --
                 Operating profit(loss)            1       2        3
                 Interest expense                  1       1        1
                 Interest income and other, net   --       1       --
                 Provision for income taxes       --       1        1
                 Net income(loss)                (--)      1        1
                
Year Ended December 31, 1997 compared to the year ended December 31, 1996

     Net  Sales.  Net sales for the year ended  December 31, 1997  increased to
$760.1  million from $620.1  million in the year ended  December  31,  1996,  an
increase of $140 million or 22.6%.  Net sales in the United States  increased to
$473.8  million in 1997 from $435.1  million in 1996,  an 8.9%  increase,  which
reflects  management's  decision to defer significant  expansion of its domestic
sales  force and focus its  efforts  on  consolidation  of certain  general  and
administrative   functions  of  acquisitions  and   implementation  of  its  new
management information system. Such implementation  adversely impacted net sales
in the United  States in the forth  quarter  of 1997.  During  1998,  management
intends to focus its energies on rebuilding  sales momentum and expansion of its
United States sales force.  The Company believes that its 1997 efforts provide a
solid foundation to support the anticipated growth in revenues. Net sales of the
Company's  United Kingdom based  operations  increased to $286.3 million in 1997
from $185.0 million in 1996, an increase of 54.8%.  Net sales for the year ended
December 31, 1997 in the United  Kingdom  include an aggregate of $51.1  million
generated  by  Prophet  Group  Limited  (acquired  in  December,  1996) and Data
Supplies  Limited  (acquired in February,  1997).  During 1997,  management also
completed the consolidation of certain general and  administrative  functions of
United  Kingdom  acquisitions,   and  intends  to  install  its  new  management
information system in the United Kingdom during 1998.

     Gross Profit.  Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1997 increased
to $90.4  million from $70.0  million in the year ended  December  31, 1996,  an
increase  of $20.4  million,  or 29.1%.  The  increase in gross  profit  dollars
resulted  primarily from the  substantial  growth in net sales,  including sales
generated by recent acquisitions.  Gross profit, including the contribution from
acquisitions, as a percent of net sales increased from 11.3% in 1996 to 11.9% in
1997.  The gross profit  percentage  was higher in 1997  principally  due to new
direct purchasing  programs  implemented with several major manufacturers in the
United States,  coupled with an increase in the portion of revenues generated by
the Company's United Kingdom  operations,  and from an increase in higher margin

                                       17
<PAGE>

professional  services revenues in both countries.  The Company anticipates that
ongoing  increases  in  direct  purchasing   volume,  and  continued  growth  in
higher-margin  professional  services  revenues should mitigate a portion of the
product gross margin decline  expected to be associated with targeted  expansion
of sales to high volume corporate accounts during 1998, which typically generate
lower gross margin percentages than other customers.

      Selling,  General  and  Administrative  Expenses.   Selling,  general  and
administrative ("S,G&A") expenses for the year ended December 31, 1997 increased
to $70.2  million from $57.6  million in the year ended  December  31, 1996,  an
increase of $12.6 million or 22%. This increase is attributable primarily to the
cost of the  Company's  larger  work force and other  expenses  of the  acquired
companies.  Other S,G&A  expenses  also  increased  as the Company  continued to
invest in  administrative  infrastructure  to  support  its  current  and future
growth,  including the development and implementation of its Oracle-based,  year
2000  compliant  management  information  system.  Until  such  system  is fully
operational  worldwide,  which the  Company  expects to  substantially  complete
during 1998,  the Company will  continue to maintain  additional  personnel  and
manual support processes (and incur additional S,G&A expenses) to facilitate its
actual and anticipated growth in volume.  The new management  information system
is being  implemented  to allow the  Company  to  operate  more  efficiently  by
providing  an  information  systems  backbone  for the Company and to provide an
efficient  means to accomplish the  consolidation  of the  information and other
internal systems of potential acquisitions.

      Overall,  S,G&A  expenses  decreased as a percentage  of net sales for the
year ended December 31, 1997 to 9.2% from 9.3% in 1996, reflecting the impact of
slower  overall  expense  growth  relative to the increase in net sales,  as the
Company maintains its focus on controlling  expenses,  and is also reflective of
the increase in  manufacturer  funding/reimbursement  of certain S,G&A expenses,
resulting from the Company's increased volume of direct purchasing in 1997.

      Research  and  Development  Expense.   Research  and  development  expense
increased  slightly  from $1.2  million  in 1996 to $1.3  million  in 1997.  The
Company's   research  and   development   expenses  are  focused  on  developing
incremental functionality and features for its PECOS.net technologies, including
the  aspects  of  the  PECOS.pm   technology   acquired  in  1997,  as  well  as
modifications  to allow its  PECOS.net  technologies  to  communicate  using the
Internet and the continued  development of a browser  compliant and Java-enabled
version  of its  PECOS.net  technologies  for  license to other  companies.  The
Company  expects to  continue  investing  significant  amounts in  research  and
development.

      Interest  Expense.  Interest  expense for the year ended December 31, 1997
increased to $5.2 million  from $3.8 million in 1996.  Interest  expense in both
years  primarily  results from  borrowings in support of the Company's  accounts
receivable and inventory and is reflective of the substantial  increases in such
assets,  net of  reductions  in the  applicable  interest  rate on the principal
United  States  credit  facility  from  prime plus 1% in the first six months of
1996,  to the prime rate as of July 1, 1996,  and a further  reduction  to prime
minus 1% as of March 1, 1997.

      Interest Income and Other,  Net.  Interest income and other,  net, for the
year ended December 31, 1997 decreased to $1.1 million from $1.5 million in 1996
and  reflects  a  reduction  in  average  on  hand  balances  of cash  and  cash
equivalents  available for investment.  Interest  income and other,  net in 1997
includes a gain of $389,000  resulting  from the sale of the Bristol,  PA rental
division  in March  1997,  net of  certain  redundant  operating  and  severance
expenses of certain  Computerware  operations,  which have been  phased-out  and
consolidated  into the Company's  headquarters and new East Coast  configuration
and  distribution  facility  which was  opened in  Canton,  MA late in the first
quarter of 1997.

      Income Tax Provision. The income tax provisions in 1997 and 1996 primarily
relate to the income taxes of the Company's United Kingdom-based  operations, as
well as certain  current federal and state income taxes provided by the Company.
During  1997,  the  Company  utilized  substantially  all of its  remaining  net
operating  loss  ("NOL")  carryforwards  which were  eligible  to reduce its tax
provision.  Hence, such NOLs will no longer be available to reduce the Company's
effective  tax rate for income  reported in United  States,  if any, in 1998 and
future years,  although the Company does have approximately $3.3 million of NOLs
available to reduce its United States taxable income in 1998 and future years.

                                       18
<PAGE>

      Net Income.  The Company reported net income of $10.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997,  versus net income of $5.6 million in 1996, as a result
of the factors described herein.

Year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended December 31, 1995

     Net  Sales.  Net sales for the year ended  December 31, 1996  increased to
$620.1  million from $311.4  million in the year ended  December  31,  1995,  an
increase of $308.7 million,  or 99%. Net sales in the United States increased to
$435.1  million  in 1996 from  $219.4  million  in 1995,  a 98%  increase.  This
increase is generally  attributable to increased sales staffing,  the use of the
Company's PECOS  technology to market to potential  customers and the consequent
generation of incremental  customers and related sales, and to a certain extent,
from increased sales to existing  customers.  Net sales of the Company's  United
Kingdom-based  operations (Catalink U.K. and AMA) increased to $185.0 million in
1996 from $92.0  million  in 1995.  This  increase  results  primarily  from the
inclusion of Lantec's  results for all of 1996 versus only a portion of 1995, as
well as organic growth of the United Kingdom group.

     Gross Profit.  Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 1996 increased
to $70.0  million from $39.4  million in the year ended  December  31, 1995,  an
increase  of  $30.6  million,  or 78%.  The  increase  in gross  profit  dollars
generated  resulted  primarily from the substantial  growth in net sales.  Gross
profit, including the contribution from acquisitions,  as a percent of net sales
decreased  from  13% in  1995 to 11% in  1996.  The  decrease  in  gross  profit
percentage  is  due  primarily  to the  increasing  contribution  of  net  sales
generated from large corporate  customers  which typically  generate lower gross
profit percentages on such larger volumes.

     Selling,  General and Administrative Expenses. S,G&A expenses for the year
ended  December 31, 1996  increased to $57.6  million from $36.0  million in the
year ended December 31, 1995, an increase of $21.6 million or 60%. This increase
is  attributable  primarily  to the  increase  in the  Company's  work force and
associated  overhead as well as the S,G&A of acquired  entities,  including $2.2
million of goodwill  amortization.  S,G&A also reflects substantial increases in
Elcom Systems'  expenses  required to support the actual and expected  growth of
this subsidiary. Other S,G&A expenses also increased as the Company continued to
invest in  administrative  infrastructure  to support its growth,  including the
ongoing  development,  augmentation,  and  implementation  of its new management
information  system.  The Company also maintained  various manual  processes and
associated  personnel to facilitate its actual and  anticipated  growth and will
continue  to  do so  until  its  new  management  information  system  is  fully
functioning.  Nonetheless, S,G&A expenses decreased as a percentage of net sales
for the year ended  December  31, 1996 to 9%, from 12% in 1995,  reflecting  the
substantial impact of the increase in net sales, as the Company transitioned out
from its development stage.

     Research  and  Development  Expense.   Research  and  development  expense
remained  relatively  constant between 1995 and 1996. The Company's research and
development  expense is  focused on  developing  incremental  functionality  and
features  for its  PECOS.net  technologies,  including  modifications  to  allow
communication  using  the  Internet,  the  continued  development  of a  browser
compliant version of its PECOS.net  technologies,  and the development of a Java
enabled version for license to other companies.

     Interest  Expense.  Interest  expense for the year ended December 31, 1996
increased to $3.8 million  from $2.2 million in 1995.  Interest  expense in both
years results from  borrowings in support of the Company's  accounts  receivable
and  inventory  balances  and  the  increase  for  1996  is  reflective  of  the
substantial increase in the Company's net sales referred to above and consequent
borrowings required to support the increased balances of accounts receivable and
inventory.

     Interest  Income and Other,  Net.  Interest income and other,  net for the
year ended  December 31, 1996  increased to $1.5 million from  $255,000 in 1995.
This increase is a direct result of investment income generated by investment of
available  net  proceeds  from the  sale of the  Company's  common  stock in its
initial public offering in December 1995 and upon exercise of the  underwriters'
over-allotment option in January 1996.

     Income  Tax  Provision.  The  income  tax  provisions  in 1995  and 1996
primarily  relate  to  foreign  income  taxes of AMA and  Lantec  and  certain
current United States state income tax provisions.

                                       19
<PAGE>

     Net Income (Loss). The Company reported net income of $5.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996 versus a net loss of $(904,000) in 1995 as a result
of the factors described herein.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 1997
was $44.2 million,  which is primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable
of $30.2 million,  resulting  primarily from the Company's increase in net sales
during 1997, and a $26.1 million  increase in inventory  which is related to the
Company's  direct  purchasing   arrangements  with   manufacturers   which  were
instituted in the United States in 1997. Net cash used for investing  activities
was  $11.3  million,  consisting  primarily  of $7.7  million  in  additions  to
property,  equipment and software and $3.3 million related to acquisitions.  Net
cash  provided by  financing  activities  was $65.6  million,  including a $64.6
million  net  increase in  borrowings  under floor plan lines of credit and $1.8
million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and related tax benefit.

     Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 1996
was $56.3  million,  including  $71.1 million  relating to increases in accounts
receivable,  resulting from the Company's increase in net sales during 1996. Net
cash used for investing  activities was $15.4 million,  consisting  primarily of
$6.5 million in additions to property,  equipment  and software and $8.1 million
related to  acquisitions.  Net cash provided by financing  activities  was $49.6
million,  including  $6.2 million in net  proceeds  from the  Company's  sale of
common stock to the underwriters of its initial public offering upon exercise of
their over-allotment option and a $43.0 million net increase in borrowings under
floor plan lines of credit.

     Net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 1995
was $39.4 million and included the net operating cash impact of Computerware and
Catalink  U.K.  after they were  acquired,  which  occurred in February and June
1995,  respectively.  Net cash used in operating  activities also included $34.6
million  relating to  increases  in accounts  receivable.  Net cash used in 1995
investing  activities was $12.3 million and included $6.5 million related to the
purchase of Catalink  U.K. and $5.9 million of additions to property,  equipment
and software.  The Company  received a net total of $91.4 million from financing
activities  in  1995,  $40.1  million  from the  Company's  sale of stock in its
initial public  offering and related  exercise of common stock  warrants,  $19.1
million from the sale of  Convertible  Preferred  Stock and $37.5 million from a
net  increase  in  borrowings  under the  Company's  floor plan lines of credit.
Financing activities in 1995 also reflect a $5 million repayment of Computerware
loans to the former shareholders of Computerware.

     At  December  31,  1997,  the  Company's  principal  sources of  liquidity
included  cash and cash  equivalents  of $33.2  million  and floor plan lines of
credit from Deutsche Financial Services Corporation ("DFSC").  The United States
DFSC facility provides for aggregate borrowings of up to $120 million, and as of
March 1,  1997,  the  interest  rate was  reduced  to the prime  rate  minus 1%.
Availability of United States borrowings is based on DFSC's  determination as to
eligible  accounts  receivable  and  inventory.  As of December  31,  1997,  the
Company's  borrowings  from DFSC on its United  States floor plan line of credit
were $113.0 million,  which  approximated  the Company's  availability  based on
eligible  accounts  receivable and inventory at that date. During the first half
of 1996,  interest was payable monthly at the prime rate plus 1%, and thereafter
at the prime rate,  although  approximately  one-half of the  Company's  initial
United States borrowings do not bear interest until after interest-free  periods
of 30 to 90 days have lapsed. As of March 1, 1997, the interest rate was reduced
to prime (8.5% at December  31,  1997) minus 1%. The United  States DFSC line of
credit is  secured  primarily  by the  Company's  United  States  inventory  and
accounts  receivable,  although  substantially all of the Company's other United
States assets also are pledged as collateral on the facility.  In December 1997,
the  Company  also  established  a United  Kingdom  DFSC credit  facility  which
provides for aggregate  borrowings of up to (pound)30 million,  or approximately
$49.5  million,  as  of  December  31,  1997.  Availability  of  United  Kingdom
borrowings is based upon DFSC's  determination of eligible  accounts  receivable
and amounts  outstanding bear interest at the Base Rate of National  Westminster
Bank plc (7.25% at  December  31,  1997) plus  1.25%.  The United  Kingdom  DFSC
facility replaced four separate facilities  previously  maintained in the United
Kingdom.  As of December 31, 1997,  the  Company's  borrowings  under its United
Kingdom DFSC facility were (pound)24 million or $39.7 million which approximated
the Company's availability thereunder.

                                       20
<PAGE>

      The  Company  is  dependent  upon the  DFSC  lines of  credit  to  finance
increases in its eligible accounts  receivable arising from sales of PC products
as well as its United States inventory  purchases and hence, the Company expects
that its  borrowings  under such  facilities  will need to  continue to increase
substantially in order to support the Company's anticipated growth. There can be
no  assurance,  however,  that the DFSC  lines of  credit  will  continue  to be
available, or be increased to support the Company's requirements. The DFSC lines
of credit limit borrowings to defined  percentages of eligible inventory (in the
United  States)  and  accounts  receivable  and  contains  customary  covenants,
including  financial  covenants  with  respect  to the  Company's  net worth and
debt-to-equity  ratios,  and customary default provisions related to non-payment
of principal and interest, default under other debt agreements and bankruptcy.

      The Company also has a $9.5 million floor plan  financing  agreement  with
IBM Credit Corporation ("IBMCC") to support purchases of IBM products. The IBMCC
borrowing   facility  is  secured  by  the  IBM  products  purchased  under  the
arrangement and relates to domestic  operations  only. At December 31, 1997, the
Company's  borrowings  from  IBMCC on its floor  plan  line of credit  were $1.2
million.

     As  of  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  had   borrowings   aggregating
approximately $153.9 million outstanding under these borrowing facilities, which
approximated  its  availability  thereunder.  The Company  also  included a note
payable  of  approximately  $0.8  million,  related to its  acquisition  of Data
Supplies Limited, in lines of credit. 

     Based upon ongoing analyses, and the requirement that it establish a direct
purchasing  relationship  with a major PC  manufacturer  to support  fulfillment
requirements  under a contract  awarded in 1996, the Company started  purchasing
selected  products  directly  from  manufacturers  in late  1996.  Although  the
Company's inventory investment imposes certain costs and risks and has increased
substantially since December 31, 1996, the Company believes that this investment
will  improve  its  delivery  time to  customers  and  the  quality  control  of
configured  systems  and,  over time,  may  increase  the  profitability  of the
Company.  These direct  purchasing  arrangements  have favorably  impacted gross
profit,  particularly in the third and fourth quarters of 1997, as the volume of
direct  purchases  increased  significantly  over prior quarters and the Company
earned substantial direct purchasing  rebates and incremental  discounts.  There
can be no  assurances  that these  manufacturer  rebates and  discounts  will be
available in the future, or if available, that the Company will be in a position
to purchase the necessary levels of products  necessary to receive comparable or
increased  levels of such rebates and  incremental  discounts.  The Company also
believes  that it can  substantially  mitigate  the  risks  associated  with its
additional  inventory  positions  by  limiting  the range of models it stocks to
those in demand and by carefully  monitoring  items on hand and their associated
net carrying costs,  relative to demand. The Company also intends to continue to
maintain  logistical and traditional  relationships  with selected  distributors
and/or aggregators.

     As of September  30, 1997,  the Company sold options to acquire its entire
equity  ownership  interest  in  ShopLink  Incorporated.  The  Company  received
$418,000 in payment for the options,  which may be exercised  through  March 31,
1999.  If exercised,  the Company could receive  payments of up to an additional
$4.2 million.  The Company has included the $418,000 received in payment for the
options in other deferred liabilities.

     The  Company's  principal  commitments  consist  of leases  on its  office
facilities,  obligations under lines of credit,  which are demand facilities and
are treated as current  liabilities,  and capital  leases.  In addition,  future
growth of the Company will require ongoing investment in property, equipment and
software.

     The Company believes that its cash and cash equivalents, together with its
existing  sources of  liquidity  and cash  generated  from  operations,  will be
sufficient to meet its working capital and capital expenditure  requirements for
the next year, so long as its financing sources continue to make lines of credit
available.  However,  as the Company's business strategy includes growth through
acquisitions,  additional sources of financing may be required to accomplish the
Company's growth plans. 

                                       21
<PAGE>



SEASONALITY AND IMPACT OF INFLATION

      Due to its growth, the Company historically has not experienced observable
seasonality  in its  business.  Generally,  however,  sales in the PC remarketer
industry  slow in the summer months and, in the United  States,  are stronger in
the fourth calendar  quarter and somewhat weaker in the first calendar  quarter,
while sales are  generally  strong in the first  calendar  quarter in the United
Kingdom.  Due to its current  size and the nature of its  customer  base,  it is
likely  that  the  sales  of  Catalink  will be  impacted  by  general  industry
seasonality in the future. Elcom Systems' net sales are not seasonal in nature.

      Inflation has been  relatively  low in recent years and  accordingly,  the
Company has not been significantly impacted by the effects of general inflation.
However,  since the  latter  half of 1996,  the  Company  has been  increasingly
impacted by the low unemployment rate in certain of its markets, particularly in
the  Northeast  United  States and the United  Kingdom,  which has  resulted  in
significant  increases  in  salaries  for a variety of  personnel  (particularly
technical  personnel)  in order for the  Company  to remain  competitive  in the
employment marketplace.

      Catalink's  revenues  are  effected  by  general  price  reductions  by PC
manufacturers, which has been substantial, particularly in the first quarters of
1997 and 1998. Such price cutting requires that Catalink  increase its base unit
volumes and associated  peripheral  product sales to existing and newly acquired
customers  in order to overcome  the effect of the cost cutting and increase its
net sales.  Consequently,  in order to increase  revenues,  such unit volumes of
sales are required to increase substantially,  which amplifies the impact of any
slowdown in corporate customer demand on Catalink's revenues.

STATEMENT UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT

      Except  for the  historical  information  contained  herein,  the  matters
discussed  in this  Annual  Report on Form 10-K  could  include  forward-looking
information. All statements other than statements of historical fact, including,
without limitation,  those with respect to the Company's  objectives,  plans and
strategies  set forth  herein and those  preceded  by or that  include the words
"believes,"    "expects,"    "anticipates,"   or   similar   expressions,    are
forward-looking   statements.   Although   the   Company   believes   that  such
forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable,  it can give no assurance that the
Company's   expectations  are,  or  will  be,  correct.   These  forward-looking
statements  involve a number of risks and  uncertainties  which  could cause the
Company's future results to differ materially from those anticipated, including:
the industry's acceptance and usage of electronic commerce software systems, the
impact of competitive  technologies,  products and pricing, control of expenses,
levels of gross margins,  revenue growth,  overall  business  conditions,  price
decreases of PC  products,  corporate  demand for PC  products,  the success and
timing  of  implementing  the  Company's  new  management   information  system,
availability of appropriate  financing,  risks  associated with  acquisitions of
companies,  the  consequent  results  of  operations  given  the  aforementioned
factors,  and other risks  detailed  from time to time in this Annual  Report on
Form  10-K and in the  Company's  other SEC  reports,  including  the  Company's
prospectus included as part of the S-1 Registration Statement declared effective
on December 19, 1995 under the Securities  Act of 1933.  Regarding the Company's
evaluation of possible strategic partners and financing alternatives,  including
for Elcom Systems,  there can be no assurance  that any strategic  alternatives,
including  any possible  arrangements  with a strategic  partner or the possible
sale,  merger or financing of the Company,  can be  successfully  identified  or
solicited,  negotiated,  or  consummated to the betterment of the Company or the
Company's stock price, or what the timing, terms, or ultimate impact of any such
arrangement might be.

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     None Required.

                                       22
<PAGE>



Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

      See  the  Consolidated   Financial   Statements  beginning  on  page  F-1.
Supplemental  earnings per share and  quarterly  financial  information  for the
Company  are  included  in  Notes  10 and  11,  respectively,  of the  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 9.  Changes in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
Financial Disclosure

     During  the fourth quarter of 1997,  the Audit  Committee of the Company's
Board of Directors  decided to engage Arthur Andersen LLP to audit the Company's
1997  financial  statements  in both the United  States and the United  Kingdom.
Previously,  the financial statements of the Company's United Kingdom operations
were audited by the London  office of Deloitte & Touche.  The decision to change
was made to  increase  the  efficiency  and  coordination  of the  annual  audit
process,  and the Company has continued its relationship  with Deloitte & Touche
for tax services in the United Kingdom.

     Deloitte & Touche's  opinions with respect to the Company's United Kingdom
subsidiaries'  operations  in 1995 and 1996 were  unqualified  and there were no
disagreements between the Company and Deloitte & Touche concerning accounting or
financial disclosure matters. In conjunction with the change,  Deloitte & Touche
was requested to cooperate fully with Arthur Andersen LLP to ensure an effective
transition of the audit engagement.

     The  Company  reported  this change on a Form 8-K filed on March 11, 1998,
which was not timely filed.

                                    Part III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

      The  information  concerning  the directors of the Company is set forth in
the  definitive   Proxy  Statement  ("the  Proxy   Statement")  to  be  sent  to
stockholders   in  connection   with  the  Company's   1998  Annual  Meeting  of
Stockholders  to be  held  April  28,  1998,  under  the  heading  "Election  of
Directors",  which information is incorporated herein by reference.  Information
concerning  each  executive  officer  of the  Company  is set forth in the Proxy
Statement under the heading "Management - Executive Officers", which information
is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

      The  information  concerning  executive  compensation  is set forth in the
Proxy Statement under the heading "Executive Compensation", which information is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

      The information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners
and management is set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading  "Principal
Stockholders and Management Ownership", which information is incorporated herein
by reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Transactions

      The information  concerning certain relationships and related transactions
is set forth in the Proxy  Statement under the heading  "Certain  Transactions",
which information is incorporated herein by reference.

                                       23
<PAGE>



                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K.

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

      (a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements:

             See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1.

         (2) Consolidated  Financial  Statement  Schedules for each of the Three
             Years in the Period Ended December 31, 1997:

             Report  of  Independent  Public  Accountants  on  Schedule  II
               Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
             Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

            See Index to Schedule on page S-1

            All other  schedules for which  provision is made in the  applicable
accounting  regulations  of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  are  not
required under the related instructions or are inapplicable,  and therefore have
been omitted.

         (3) Index to Exhibits:

            The exhibits filed as part of this form 10-K are listed on the Index
to Exhibits  beginning  on page E-1,  which  Index to  Exhibits is  incorporated
herein by reference.  The Company's current  management  contracts and executive
compensation  plans  and  arrangements  are  listed  in the  Index to  Exhibits,
incorporated  herein by reference,  at exhibit numbers 10.1; 10.2; 10.3;  10.19;
10.20; 10.22; 10.23; 10.29; 10.36; 10.37, 10.38, 10.39 and 10.40.


      (b) Reports on Form 8-K:

          None.

      (c) Exhibits:

         See Index to Exhibits beginning on page E-1.


The Company will provide copies of the Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule
and Index to Exhibits to stockholders upon request. Such request can be made to:
Chief Financial Officer,  Elcom International,  Inc., 10 Oceana Way, Norwood, MA
02062.

                                       24
<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

      Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                                Elcom International, Inc.
                                                (Registrant)

Date:  March 13, 1998                           By:   /s/  Robert J. Crowell
                                                   -------------------------
                                                   Robert J. Crowell
                                                   Chairman and     
                                                   Chief Executive Officer

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signatures                              Title                       Date

/s/   Robert J. Crowell      Chairman of the                    March 13, 1998
Robert J. Crowell            Board of Directors
                             and Chief Executive Officer
                             (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/   Laurence F. Mulhern    Corporate Executive                March 13, 1998
Laurence F. Mulhern          Vice President,
                             Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
                             and Secretary (Principal Financial
                             and Accounting Officer)

/s/   William W. Smith       Vice Chairman and Director         March 13, 1998
William W. Smith

/s/   James Rousou           Corporate Executive                March 13, 1998
James Rousou                 Vice President and Director

/s/  J. Richard Cordsen      Director                           March 13, 1998
J. Richard  Cordsen

/s/  Richard J. Harries, Jr. Director                           March 13, 1998
Richard J. Harries, Jr.

/s/  John W. Ortiz           Director                           March 13, 1998
John W. Ortiz


                                       25
<PAGE>


                            ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.             Description

2.1   Agreement  for the sale and  purchase  of shares in the capital of Prophet
      Group  Limited dated  December 6, 1996,  by and among Lantec  (Management)
      Limited (a  subsidiary  of the  Registrant)  and the  Vendors  (as defined
      therein). (3)

2.5   Agreement  for the sale and  purchase  of shares in the  capital of Data
      Supplies  Limited  dated  February  21,  1997,  by and among Elcom Group
      Limited  (a  subsidiary  of the  Registrant),  the  Vendor  (as  defined
      therein) and Mr. Savage. (4)

3.3   Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant. (5)

3.4   By-Laws of the Registrant, amended as of November 6, 1995. (1)

4.4   Specimen certificate of the Registrant's Common Stock. (1)

4.5   Form of 8% Series A Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred  ("Series A") Stock
      Purchase Agreement,  with attached list of purchasers and number of shares
      purchased, as of December 10, 1993. (1)

4.8   Form of Series B Preferred  Stock Purchase  Agreement for Closings held on
      April 15, June 21 and August 11, 1994,  with  attached  list of purchasers
      and number of shares purchased. (1)

4.9   Form of Series B Preferred  Stock Purchase  Agreement for Closings held on
      December 30, 1994 and February 6, 1995,  with  attached list of purchasers
      and number of shares purchased. (1)

4.10  Form of Series C Preferred  Stock Purchase  Agreement for Closings held on
      June 22 and June 30, 1995,  with attached list of purchasers and number of
      shares purchased. (1)

4.12  Securities  Agreement,  dated  September 1, 1993,  as amended  February 1,
      1994, by and among the Registrant,  Robert J. Crowell, and 19 other listed
      purchasers, as of June 2, 1995 (1), and list of other assignees of certain
      registration rights thereunder. (x)

4.13  Securities  Agreement,  dated  October 28, 1994, by and among the former
      stockholders of CSI and the Registrant. (1)

4.14  Computerware Stockholders' Agreement, dated February 6, 1995, by and among
      the  Registrant,   Robert  J.  Crowell  and  the  former  shareholders  of
      Computerware. (1)

4.15  Amended and Restated Lantec Stockholders' Agreement,  dated April 6, 1996,
      by and among the Registrant, Robert J. Crowell and the former shareholders
      of Lantec. (6)

4.16  Form of Lantec Warrant  Agreement,  dated June 22, 1995 (1), with attached
      First Amended List of Holders of Warrants to Purchase Common Shares of the
      Registrant. (10)

4.17  AMA  Securities  Agreement,  dated  February  29,  1996,  by and among the
      Registrant and the former stockholders of AMA (UK) Limited. (9)

4.18  Final  Agreement  of  Settlement  and  Mutual  Release  of All  Claims and
      Demands,  dated March 26, 1997, by and among the Registrant and certain of
      its  subsidiaries,  and the Former  Shareholders of Computerware  Business
      Trust. (13)


                                      E-1
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.                   Description

10.1  Form of Indemnity Agreement for Executive Officers and/or Directors of the
      Registrant  (1), with attached list of Director and/or  Executive  Officer
      Indemnitees. (12) (*)

10.2  Stock Option Plan of the Registrant  dated February 23, 1993, as amended
      June 3, 1994 and November 6, 1995. (1) (*)

10.3  1995 (Computerware) Stock Option Plan of the Registrant,  dated February
      6, 1995 (1), as amended by Amendment  No. 1 dated  August 19, 1996.  (9)
      (*)

10.4  $120,000,000  Business  Credit and Security  Agreement Dated as of March
      1, 1997 among Catalink  Direct,  Inc.,  Catalink Direct  (Pennsylvania),
      Inc. and Deutsche Financial  Services  Corporation (9), and Amendment to
      Business Credit and Security Agreement. (12)

10.5  Lease Agreement for the Registrant's Headquarters,  dated July 5, 1993, by
      and among Oceana Way Associates  and the Registrant  (1), and Agreement of
      Amendment thereto, dated October 20, 1997. (x)

10.6  Lease  Agreements for Lantec  Headquarters,  among Allied Dunbar Assurance
      PLC to Businessland (UK) Limited and Businessland Inc., dated November 23,
      1988,  with Licenses to Assign to Lantec  Information  Services  Ltd., and
      Supplemental Deed dated November 4, 1993. (1)

10.13 Lock Box Agreement,  dated May 1, 1994, by and among Deutsche,  Fleet Bank
      of Massachusetts and the Registrant;  and Storage Agreement by and between
      Ingram Micro and Deutsche. (1)

10.15 Guaranty  by the  Registrant  in  favor  of  Deutsche  Financial  Services
      Corporation  (UK) LTD.,  dated December 1, 1997,  guarantying  Elcom Group
      Limited's indebtedness to Deutsche. (x)

10.19 Amended  Employment  Agreement by and between the Registrant and Robert J.
      Crowell dated June 1, 1997 (11), and Form of Consulting Agreement appended
      thereto as Exhibit A. (12) (*)

10.20 Employee  Benefits  Agreement  by and between  Elcom  Systems,  Inc. and
      Peter F. McAree dated August 1, 1997. (x) (*)

10.22 Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and James Rousou, dated
      April 1, 1996 (7), and First  Amendment  to  Employment  Agreement,  dated
      November 5, 1997. (x) (*)

10.23 Employee  Benefits  Agreement by and between the  Registrant  and Andres
      Escallon dated August 1, 1997. (12) (*)

10.24 Standard  Conditions for the Sale and Purchase of Debts, dated December 3,
      1997,  between  Elcom Group Limited and Deutsche  Financial  Services (UK)
      LTD. (x)

10.25 Agreement  for the Sale and  Purchase  of Debts  dated  December  3, 1997,
      between Elcom Group Limited and Deutsche Financial Services (UK) LTD. (x)

10.29 1995  Non-Employee  Director Stock Option Plan of the Registrant,  dated
      October 9, 1995 (1), and Amendment No. 1 thereto. (11) (*)

10.33 Guaranty  by the  Registrant  in  favor  of  Deutsche  Financial  Services
      Corporation,  dated November 6, 1995,  guarantying Catalink Direct, Inc.'s
      indebtedness to Deutsche (1), as ratified by a  Reaffirmation  of Guaranty
      dated September 2, 1997. (x)

                                      E-2
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.                   Description

10.36 The 1996 Stock Option Plan of Elcom International, Inc. (8) (*)

10.37 Amended Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Laurence F.
      Mulhern dated June 1, 1997 (11), and Form of Consulting Agreement appended
      thereto as Exhibit A. (12) (*)

10.38 The 1997  Stock  Option  Plan of Elcom  International,  Inc.  (11),  and
      Amendment One thereto. (x) (*)

10.39 Elcom  International,  Inc.  Executive Profit Performance Bonus Plan for
      Executive Officers dated September 4, 1997. (12) (*)

10.40 Elcom  International,  Inc. Key Personnel Profit  Performance Bonus Plan
      dated September 4, 1997.  (12) (*)

10.41 Engagement  letter  between the  Registrant  and Smith Barney Inc. dated
      July 21, 1997. (12)

21.1  List of the Registrant's Subsidiaries. (x)

23.1  Consent of Arthur Andersen  LLP. (x)

23.2  Consent of Deloitte & Touche. (x)

27    Financial Data Schedule. (x)

(1)  Previously filed as an exhibit to Registration Statement No. 33-98866 on
     Form S-1 and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)  Previously  filed as an  exhibit  to  Current  Report  on Form 8-K (date of
     report February 29, 1996) filed March 14, 1996, and incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(3)  Previously  filed as an  exhibit  to  Current  Report  on Form 8-K (date of
     report December 6, 1996) filed December 19, 1996, and  incorporated  herein
     by reference.

(4)  Previously  filed as an  exhibit  to  Current  Report  on Form 8-K (date of
     report February 21, 1997) filed March 6, 1997, and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(5)  Previously  filed as an exhibit to Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the year ended December 31, 1995, and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)  Previously  filed as an exhibit to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form
     10-Q for the  quarter  ended March 31,  1996,  and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(7   Previously  filed as an exhibit to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form
     10-Q for the  quarter  ended  June 30,  1996,  and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(8)  Previously  filed as an exhibit to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996, and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(9)  Previously  filed as an exhibit to Registrant's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the year ended December 31, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.

(10) Previously  filed as an exhibit to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form
     10-Q for the  quarter  ended March 31,  1997,  and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(11) Previously  filed as an exhibit to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form
     10-Q for the  quarter  ended  June 30,  1997,  and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

                                      E-3
<PAGE>

(12) Previously  filed as an exhibit to  Registrant's  Quarterly  Report on Form
     10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997, and  incorporated  herein by
     reference.

(13) Previously  filed as an exhibit to Registrant's  Current Report on Form 8-K
     dated March 26, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.

(x)  Filed herewith.

(*)  Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.


                                      E-4
<PAGE>

                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                   ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


      The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  of Elcom
International, Inc. are included in response to Item 8:

                                                                       Page

Report of Independent Public Accountants                            F-2
Reports of Other Auditors                                           F-3 to F-4
Consolidated  Balance  Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997      F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Operations  for the years ended  
   December 31, 1995,  1996 and 1997                                F-6 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the 
   years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997                     F-7  
Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 
   December 31, 1995,  1996 and 1997                                F-8 
Notes to  Consolidated Financial Statements                         F-9 to F-22


                                      F-1
<PAGE>



             REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





To Elcom International, Inc.:

      We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of Elcom
International, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31,
1996  and  1997,  and  the  related   consolidated   statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity and cash  flows for each of the three  years in the period
ended  December  31,  1997.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial  statements based on our audits. We did not audit the
1995 and 1996 financial  statements of Elcom International  Limited and AMA (UK)
Limited, both of which are wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  which statements, in the
aggregate,  reflect total assets  constituting  $98,879,000  of the related 1996
consolidated financial statement totals, and which statements reflect net income
of  $1,224,000  and  $4,301,000  of the  1995 and  1996  consolidated  financial
statement totals, respectively.  Those statements were audited by other auditors
whose reports have been furnished to us, and our opinion,  insofar as it relates
to amounts  included  for Elcom  International  Limited and AMA (UK)  Limited is
based solely upon the reports of the other auditors.

      We conducted our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We  believe  that our  audits  and the  reports  of  other  auditors  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion,  based on our audits,  and the reports of other  auditors,
the consolidated  financial  statements referred to above present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  financial  position of Elcom  International,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the  consolidated  results of
its  operations  and its cash  flows for each of the three  years in the  period
ended  December 31, 1997,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.


/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Boston, Massachusetts
February 17, 1998

                                      F-2
<PAGE>



                            REPORT OF OTHER AUDITORS



AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE DIRECTORS OF



ELCOM INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
(formerly Elcom Holdings Limited)
(formerly PCO 138 Limited)



We have audited the  financial  statements of Elcom  International  Limited (not
separately  presented  herein)  which have been  prepared  under the  accounting
policies set out in the notes to the accounts.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As described on page 3 of the financial  statements the company's  directors are
responsible   for  the   preparation   of  financial   statements.   It  is  our
responsibility  to form an  independent  opinion,  based on our audit,  on those
statements and to report our opinion to you.

Basis of opinion

We conducted  our audit in  accordance  with  Auditing  Standards  issued by the
Auditing  Practices  Board. An audit includes  examination,  on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. It
also includes an assessment of the  significant  estimates and judgments made by
the directors in the preparation of the financial  statements and of whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances, consistently
applied and adequately disclosed.

We  planned  and  performed  our audit so as to obtain all the  information  and
explanations  which  we  considered  necessary  in  order  to  provide  us  with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable  assurance that the financial  statements
are  free  from  material  misstatement,   whether  caused  by  fraud  or  other
irregularity  or error.  In forming  our opinion we also  evaluated  the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.

Opinion

In our opinion the financial  statements  give a true and fair view of the state
of the  company's  affairs as at 31 December 1996 and 1995 and of its profit for
the years then ended.



/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE

Chartered Accountants
London

21 March 1997

                                      F-3
<PAGE>



                            REPORT OF OTHER AUDITORS




AUDITORS' REPORT TO THE DIRECTORS OF

AMA (UK) LIMITED



We have audited the  financial  statements  of AMA (UK) Limited (not  separately
presented herein) which have been prepared under the accounting policies set out
in the notes to the accounts.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As described on page 2 of the financial  statements the company's  directors are
responsible   for  the   preparation   of  financial   statements.   It  is  our
responsibility  to form an  independent  opinion,  based on our audit,  on those
statements and to report our opinion to you.

 Basis of opinion

We conducted  our audit in  accordance  with  Auditing  Standards  issued by the
Auditing  Practices  Board. An audit includes  examination,  on a test basis, of
evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. It
also includes an assessment of the  significant  estimates and judgments made by
the directors in the preparation of the financial  statements and of whether the
accounting policies are appropriate to the company's circumstances, consistently
applied and adequately disclosed.

We  planned  and  performed  our audit so as to obtain all the  information  and
explanations  which  we  considered  necessary  in  order  to  provide  us  with
sufficient evidence to give reasonable  assurance that the financial  statements
are  free  from  material  misstatement,   whether  caused  by  fraud  or  other
irregularity  or error.  In forming  our opinion we also  evaluated  the overall
adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements.

Opinion

In our opinion the financial  statements  give a true and fair view of the state
of the  company's  affairs as at 31 December 1996 and 1995 and of its profit for
each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 1996.



/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE

Chartered Accountants
London

21 March 1997

                                      F-4


<PAGE>

                           ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (in thousands, except share data)

                                                               December 31,
                                                           --------------------
                                                             1996        1997
                                                           --------    --------
                                      ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................   $  23,259    $ 33,165
  Accounts receivable:
     Trade ............................................     134,617     154,223
     Other ............................................      21,039      32,200
                                                           --------    --------
                                                            155,656     186,423
     Less--Allowance for doubtful accounts ............       4,312       5,474
                                                           --------    --------
         Accounts receivable, net .....................     151,344     180,949
  Inventory ...........................................      34,718      60,437
  Prepaids and other current assets ...................         864       3,255
                                                            --------   --------
         Total current assets ..........................    210,185     277,806
                                                            --------   --------
PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND SOFTWARE, AT COST:
  Computer hardware and software .......................     17,577      22,118
  Land, buildings and leasehold improvements ...........      3,415       3,402
  Furniture, fixtures and equipment ....................      6,202       8,579
                                                           --------    --------
                                                             27,194      34,099
  Less -- Accumulated depreciation and amortization ....     13,308      17,649
                                                           --------    --------
                                                             13,886      16,450
                                                           --------    --------

GOODWILL AND OTHER ASSETS, NET OF ACCUMULATED AMORTIZATION   36,698      37,812
                                                          =========   =========
                                                          $ 260,769   $ 332,068
                                                          =========   =========
                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Lines of credit ......................................  $  89,469   $ 154,714
  Accounts payable .....................................     36,987      43,271
  Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .......     34,405      19,557
  Current portion of capital lease obligations .........        252         680
  Current portion of long-term debt ....................         45          78
                                                          ---------   ---------
         Total current liabilities .....................    161,158     218,300
                                                          ---------   ---------
OTHER DEFERRED LIABILITIES .............................         32       2,213
CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, NET OF CURRENT PORTION ......        556         920
LONG-TERM DEBT, NET OF CURRENT PORTION .................        420         332
                                                          ---------   ---------
                                                              1,008       3,465
                                                          ---------   ---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 6)
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value; Authorized--10,000,000
       shares--Issued and outstanding- none ............        --          --
  Common stock, $.01 par value; Authorized -- 50,000,000
       shares--Issued--26,663,512 and 27,218,239 shares..       267         272
  Additional paid-in capital ...........................     98,483     100,726
  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) ..............       (919)      9,369
   Treasury stock, at cost -- 37,546 and 56,319 shares .       (366)       (549)
  Cumulative translation adjustment ....................      1,138         485
                                                          ---------   ---------
         Total stockholders' equity ....................     98,603     110,303
                                                          =========   =========
                                                          $ 260,769   $ 332,068
                                                          =========   =========

              The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5

<PAGE>
                            ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                      (in thousands, except per share data)


                                                 For the Year Ended December 31,
                                                   1995       1996       1997
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Net sales ....................................  $ 311,423  $ 620,115  $ 760,136
Cost of sales ................................    272,041    550,076    669,742
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit .................................     39,382     70,039     90,394
Expenses:
  Selling, general and administrative.........     36,016     57,551     70,200
  Research and development ...................      1,122      1,200      1,275
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Total expenses ...............................     37,138     58,751     71,475
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating profit .............................      2,244     11,288     18,919
Interest expense..............................     (2,164)    (3,837)    (5,203)
Interest income and other, net ...............        255      1,534      1,061
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income before income taxes ...............        335      8,985     14,777
Provision for income taxes....................      1,239      3,410      4,489
                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------

Net income (loss).............................     $ (904)   $ 5,575    $10,288
                                                 =========  =========  =========

Basic net income (loss) per share.............     $(0.05)   $  0.21    $  0.38
                                                 =========  =========  =========
Basic weighted average shares outstanding.....     18,195     26,363     26,937
                                                 =========  =========  =========
Diluted net income (loss) per share...........    $ (0.05)    $ 0.19     $ 0.35
                                                 =========  =========  =========
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding...     18,195     29,739     29,461
                                                 =========  =========  =========

             The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                                                       ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                                                           AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                                (in thousands, except number of shares)
<CAPTION>
                                              Convertible
                                            Preferred Stock   Common Stock                 Retained                          Total
                                           ----------------  ---------------- Additional   Earnings   Treasury  Cumulative  Stock-
                                           Number   $.01 Par  Number   $.01 Par Paid-in (Accumulated   Stock,  Translation  holders'
                                          of Shares  Value   of Shares   Value  Capital    Deficit)   at cost   Adjustment   Equity
                                          --------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -----------  -------- -----------  -------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994 .............. 3,452,175  $  34   9,116,716  $  91   $ 13,527  $ (5,590)   $   --     $   61      $8,123
  Sale of Series B convertible
    preferred stock, net of offering
    costs of approximately $159.......... 1,482,736     15        --       --      5,200       --         --        --        5,215
  Sale of Series C convertible
    preferred stock, net of offering
    costs of approximately $651.......... 3,052,385     31        --       --     13,817       --         --        --       13,848
  Purchase of Computerware ..............    --         --   1,326,417     13      4,795       --         --        --        4,808
  Purchase of Lantec ....................    --         --   2,899,820     29     13,745       --         --        --       13,774
  Exercise of common stock options ......    --         --       9,963     --         12       --         --        --           12
  Conversion of Series B convertible
    preferred  stock into common stock ..(4,934,911)   (49)  4,934,911     49         --       --         --        --           --
  Conversion of Series C convertible
    preferred  stock into common stock ..(3,052,385)   (31)  3,052,385     31         --       --         --        --           --
  Proceeds from sale of common stock,
    net of offering costs of
    approximately $4,558 ................    --         --   4,000,000     40     39,402       --         --        --       39,442
  Exercise of warrants ..................    --         --     170,085      2        615       --         --        --          617
  Net loss ..............................    --         --        --       --         --      (904)       --        --         (904)
  Cumulative translation adjustment .....    --         --        --       --         --       --         --       (85)         (85)
                                           ------    ------ ----------   ----     ------    -------     ------   ------      -------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995 ..............    --         --  25,510,297    255     91,113    (6,494)       --       (24)      84,850
  Proceeds from sale of common stock,
    net of offering costs
    of  approximately $200 ..............    --         --     629,489      6      6,234       --         --        --        6,240
  Exercise of common stock options ......    --         --     523,726      6        920       --        (366)      --          560
  Tax effect of AMA (U.K.) Limited
    pooling .............................    --         --        --       --        216       --         --        --          216
  Net income ............................    --         --        --       --         --     5,575        --        --        5,575
  Cumulative translation adjustment .....    --         --        --       --         --       --         --      1,162       1,162
                                           ------    ------ ----------   ----     ------     ------     ------    -----      -------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996 ..............    --         --  26,663,512    267     98,483      (919)      (366)    1,138      98,603
  Exercise of common stock options,
     including related tax benefit of
     approximately $450..................    --         --     505,447      5      1,954        --       (183)      --        1,776
  Purchase of procurement technology ....    --         --      49,280     --        289        --         --       --          289
  Net income ............................    --         --        --       --         --    10,288         --       --       10,288
  Cumulative translation adjustment .....    --         --        --       --         --        --         --      (653)       (653)
                                           ------    ------ ----------  ------  --------    ------      ------   ------    ---------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1997 ..............    --      $  --  27,218,239  $ 272   $100,726    $9,369      $(549)    $ 485    $110,303
                                           ======    ====== ==========  ======  ========    ======      ======   ======    =========
                                           

</TABLE>


                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of
                    these consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                           ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (in thousands)
                                                For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                      1995      1996      1997
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:               -------   -------   -------
  Net income (loss)................................ $ (904)  $ 5,575   $ 10,288
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
    to net cash used in operating activities -
       Depreciation and amortization...............  3,101     6,704      8,795
       Provision for doubtful accounts.............    472     2,586      3,058
    Changes in current assets and liabilities, net
      of purchase acquisitions --
         Accounts receivable.......................(34,596)  (71,095)   (30,168)
         Inventory.................................  4,357   (13,955)   (26,088)
         Prepaids and other current assets......... (1,011)    1,064     (1,995)
         Accounts payable.......................... (1,181)   (6,858)     5,088
         Accrued expenses and other
           current liabilities..................... (9,675)   19,695    (15,356)
    Increase (decrease) in other deferred
      liabilities..................................    --        (11)     2,183
                                                    -------   -------   -------
            Net cash used in operating activities..(39,437)  (56,295)   (44,195)
                                                    -------   -------   -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of property, equipment and software ...... (5,880)   (6,506)    (7,723)
Increase in other assets and deferred costs .......   (105)     (795)      (321)
Purchase of Computerware, net of cash acquired.....    153       --         --
Purchase of Lantec ................................ (6,452)      --         --
Tax effect of AMA (U.K.) Limited pooling ..........    --        216        --
Purchase of Prophet Group, net of cash acquired....    --     (8,331)      (625)
Purchase of Data Supplies, net of cash acquired....    --       --       (2,660)
                                                    -------   -------   -------
      Net cash used in investing activities........(12,284)  (15,416)   (11,329)
                                                    -------   -------   -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net borrowings under lines of credit ............ 37,457    43,009     64,570
  Sale of common stock, net of offering costs...... 39,442     6,240        --
  Sale of preferred stock.......................... 19,063       --         --
  Repayment of capital lease obligations
    and long-term debt.............................   (153)     (215)      (731)
  Exercise of common stock options including
    related tax benefit ...........................     12       560      1,776
  Exercise of common stock warrants ...............    617        --         --
  Repayment of Computerware stockholders' loans.... (5,000)       --         --
                                                    -------   -------   -------
      Net cash provided by financing activities.... 91,438    49,594     65,615
                                                    -------   -------   -------
FOREIGN EXCHANGE EFFECT ON CASH ...................    (60)      399       (185)
                                                    -------   -------   -------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
  EQUIVALENTS ..................................... 39,657   (21,718)     9,906
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
  BEGINNING OF PERIOD .............................  5,320    44,977     23,259
                                                   --------  -------    -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD ......... $44,977   $23,259    $33,165
                                                   =======   =======    =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
  Interest paid .................................. $ 1,964   $ 3,711     $5,141
                                                   =======   =======    =======
  Income taxes paid .............................. $   526   $   523     $1,620
                                                   =======   =======    =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH
  INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Increase in capital lease obligations........... $  --     $   787    $ 1,488
                                                   =======   =======    =======
  Purchase of procurement technology ............. $  --     $  --      $   289
                                                   =======   =======    =======
 Acquisition of businesses (Note 2):
     Fair value of assets acquired ............... $59,611   $16,931    $ 6,332
     Less cash paid ..............................   6,400     8,600      1,600
                                                   -------   -------    -------
        Liabilities assumed ...................... $53,211    $8,331    $ 4,732
                                                   =======   =======    =======
                 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
                       consolidated financial statements.
                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                            ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) OPERATIONS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

       Elcom International, Inc. (the "Company") develops and licenses automated
procurement  software  applications  which  enable the  conduct  of  interactive
electronic commerce and, through its PC remarketing  subsidiary,  uses a version
of the  technology  (primarily  the  Personal  Electronic  Catalog and  Ordering
System, hereinafter referred to as "PECOS") to support the sale and marketing of
PC  products,  the source of  substantially  all the  Company's  net sales since
inception.  The Company commenced development  operations in September 1992, and
began  commercial  operations  in December  1993,  as a  remarketer  of personal
computer products.

(a) Principles of Consolidation

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
the Company and its subsidiaries.  The accounting and reporting  policies of the
Company  conform with generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  All material
intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

(b) Use of Estimates

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect the amounts  reported in the financial  statements  and
accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from such estimates.

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash equivalents at December 31, 1996 and 1997 generally consisted of U.S.
Government   obligations   with  maturities  of  three  months  or  less.  These
securities,  classified  as  held-to-maturity,  are carried at cost plus accrued
interest,  which  approximates  fair  value  in  accordance  with  Statement  of
Financial   Accounting   Standards  (SFAS)  No.  115,   Accounting  for  Certain
Investments in Debt and Equity Securities. Since held-to-maturity securities are
short-term  in  nature,  changes  in  market  interest  rates  would  not have a
significant impact on the fair value of these securities. Interest earned on all
cash  equivalents  is  included  in  interest  income  and  other,  net  in  the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(d) Inventory

      Inventory consists of purchased  personal computer  products,  peripherals
and  accessories  available for resale.  Inventories  are stated at the lower of
cost  (first-in,  first-out)  or market.  The Company  periodically  reviews its
inventory for potential excess,  slow-moving,  nonsalable or obsolete inventory.
To date, the Company has not provided any material inventory reserves.

(e) Prepaids and Other Current Assets

      Consistent  with the  provisions  of the  American  Institute of Certified
Public  Accountants'   Statement  of  Position  (SOP)  No.  93-7,  Reporting  on
Advertising  Costs,  the  costs of  maintaining,  reproducing  and  mailing  the
Company's PECOS front-end software, which constitute direct-response advertising
costs, are deferred and charged to operations over the estimated  periods during
which related  sales are expected to be realized,  which is estimated to be five
months. Such net capitalized costs totaled $521,000 and $114,000 at December 31,
1996 and  1997,  respectively.  For each  year in the  three-year  period  ended
December 31, 1997,  the Company  charged  approximately  $767,000,  $839,000 and
$590,000,  respectively, of these costs to operations, none of which represented
write-downs to net realizable value of the capitalized costs.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

(f) Depreciation and Amortization

      The  Company  provides  for   depreciation  and  amortization   using  the
straight-line  method by charges to operations in amounts that allocate the cost
of property,  equipment and software over their estimated  useful lives of three
to five years.  Buildings are depreciated over a useful life of fifty years. The
capitalized  cost of leased  equipment and leasehold  improvements are amortized
over the shorter of the  estimated  life of the related  assets or related lease
instrument.

(g) Goodwill and Other Assets

      The  excess  of the  purchase  price  over  the fair  value of net  assets
acquired  in each  acquisition  accounted  for as a purchase  is  classified  as
goodwill and included in the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets. Goodwill
is amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 15 years.
Goodwill (net of  accumulated  amortization  of $3,021,000 and  $5,715,000)  was
$34,649,000 and $35,526,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  Other
intangible  assets (net of accumulated  amortization of $724,000 and $1,231,000)
associated with acquisitions  amounted to $ 1,517,000 and $1,321,000 at December
31,  1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and have  been  assigned  a five year  life.
Amortization  of goodwill  and such other  intangibles  amounted to  $1,461,000,
$2,210,000 and $3,252,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995,  1996 and 1997,
respectively.

      In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  121,  Accounting  for the  Impairment  of
Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be  Disposed  Of, the  Company
evaluates the  realizability  of goodwill based on  profitability  expectations,
using the undiscounted  cash flow method,  for each subsidiary having a material
goodwill balance.  Based on its most recent analysis,  the Company believes that
no impairment of goodwill exists at December 31, 1997.

       The  Company  generally   expenses  research  and  development  costs  as
incurred.  However,  in  accordance  with SFAS No. 86,  Accounting  for Costs of
Computer  Software  to Be  Sold,  Leased  or  Otherwise  Marketed,  the  Company
capitalizes  certain  software   development  costs,   consisting  primarily  of
personnel costs,  subsequent to the  establishment of technological  feasibility
until the product is available for general product release. Costs incurred prior
to the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility are charged to operations.
Development costs associated with product  enhancements that extend the original
product's life or significantly improve the original product's marketability are
also capitalized, as incurred, after technological feasibility has been achieved
as is  the  cost  to  acquire  complementary  technology.  Capitalized  software
development  costs  are  amortized  over an  estimated  useful  life of 24 to 30
months.  Net  capitalized  costs amounted to $461,000 and $1,853,000  (including
approximately $1.2 million related to the purchase of a procurement  technology)
as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. Amortization expense amounted to
$62,000,  $195,000  and $325,000 for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997, respectively.

      The Company has  capitalized  certain costs that are  associated  with the
organization  of  the  corporation  totaling  $152,000.  Such  costs  have  been
amortized over an estimated useful life of five years and are fully amortized as
of December  31, 1997.  Amortization  expense for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 1997 amounted to  approximately  $29,000,  $35,000 and
$29,000, respectively.

(h) Revenue Recognition

      The  Company  derives  substantially  all of its  revenue  from  sales  of
personal computer  products,  peripherals and accessories.  The Company provides
for  estimated  returns  at the  time of sale.  Revenue  from  product  sales is
recognized upon shipment.

      The Company  recognizes  software  license  revenue in accordance with the
provisions  of SOP No.  91-1,  Software  Revenue  Recognition.  Revenue from the
licensing of software is  recognized  upon shipment of the software if there are
no significant  post-delivery  obligations and  collectibility of the revenue is
assured.  If an acceptance period is required,  revenues are recognized upon the
earlier of customer  acceptance  or the  expiration  of 

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

the acceptance period,  unless an additional  performance target is mandated, in
which case revenue is recognized upon satisfaction of that target, in each case,
as defined in the applicable  software license  agreement.  In October 1997, the
American  Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position
("SOP") 97-2,  Software Revenue  Recognition.  The Company intends to adopt this
pronouncement  in fiscal 1998, as required by the SOP. The Company believes that
its revenue  recognition  practices are  consistent  with those  required by SOP
97-2.

      The Company also offers  maintenance  contracts and training.  Maintenance
and  training  revenues  are  recognized  ratably  over the terms of the related
contracts.  Amounts received in advance for maintenance  agreements are deferred
and  included  in  accrued  expenses  and  other  current   liabilities  in  the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(i) Postretirement Benefits

      The Company has no material obligations for postretirement  benefits.  The
Company  and  an  indirect  UK  subsidiary   each  maintain   separate   defined
contribution  benefit plans  covering all eligible  employees,  as defined.  The
plans  contain  provisions  allowing for  discretionary  Company  contributions.
Discretionary  Company contributions to the UK defined contribution plan for the
years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1996 and 1997 were  $306,000,  $266,000  and
$263,000 respectively.

(j) Foreign Currency Translation

      The accounts of the Company's  indirect UK subsidiaries  are translated in
accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation.  Accordingly,  assets
and liabilities of the Company's  indirect  foreign  subsidiaries are translated
into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate at each balance sheet date. Income and
expense  accounts are  translated  using an average rate of exchange  during the
period.  Foreign currency translation  adjustments are accumulated as a separate
component of stockholders' equity.

(k) Income Taxes

     The Company  provides  for income  taxes in  accordance  with SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes.  Under the liability  method  specified by SFAS No.
109, a deferred  tax asset or liability is  determined  based on the  difference
between the  financial  statement  and tax bases of assets and  liabilities,  as
measured by the enacted tax rates in effect when these  differences are expected
to reverse. (See Note 8.)

(l)  Stock Options

     The  Company  accounts  for  its  stock-based   compensation   plans  under
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25,  Accounting  for Stock  Issued to
Employees.  In October,  1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued
SFAS No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,  which is  currently
effective.  SFAS  No.  123  establishes  a  fair  value  based  methodology  for
accounting  for  stock-based  compensation  plans.  The  Company has adopted the
disclosure-only alternative under SFAS No. 123, which requires disclosure of the
pro forma effects on earnings and earnings per share as if SFAS No. 123 had been
adopted, as well as certain other information. (See Note 5.)

(m) Net Income (Loss) Per Share

      Net income  (loss) per share is based on the  weighted  average  number of
common and common  equivalent shares  outstanding  during each period presented,
calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128,  Earnings Per Share.  This statement
establishes  revised  standards  for  computing  earnings  per share  ("EPS") by
replacing  the  presentation  of primary EPS with a  presentation  of basic EPS.
Basic EPS  excludes  dilution  and is computed by dividing  income  available to
common  stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding
for the period.  SFAS No. 128 also requires  presentation  of diluted EPS on the
face of the statement of  operations.  Diluted EPS gives effect to all potential
common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period.  As a result,  all  previously
reported earnings per share have been restated.  (See Note 10.)

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

(n)    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

      The  Company's  financial  instruments  consist  mainly  of cash  and cash
equivalents,   accounts  receivable,  lines  of  credit,  accounts  payable  and
long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the Company's cash equivalents, accounts
receivable  and accounts  payable  approximate  fair value due to the short-term
nature of these instruments. Lines of credit and long-term debt bear interest at
variable market rates therefore, the carrying amounts approximate fair value.

(o)    Other Accounting Pronouncements

   The Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued two new statements in June
1997. SFAS No. 130, Reporting  Comprehensive  Income,  establishes standards for
reporting and displaying of  comprehensive  income and its components.  SFAS No.
131,  Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and  Related  Information,
establishes  standards  for the way  that  public  business  enterprises  report
information and operating  segments in annual financial  statements and requires
reporting of selected information in interim financial reports.  Both statements
are effective for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1997. The required
disclosures for SFAS No. 130 will be included in the Company's  quarterly report
on Form 10-Q for the first quarter of 1998.  The required  disclosures  for SFAS
No. 131 will be included in the Company's 1998 annual report on Form 10-K.

(2) ACQUISITIONS

      The Company has consummated the following acquisitions:
                                                                       Method
                                                                         of
          Entity            Date          Consideration              Accounting
       -----------------  ---------   ---------------------          ----------
         Computer          October        510,345 shares of            Pooling
       Specialties, Inc.    1994            common stock                 of
                                                                      Interests

       Computerware,      February      1,326,417 shares of            Purchase
       Inc.                 1995            common stock

       Lantec             June 1995     2,899,820 shares of            Purchase
                                         common stock and
                                       $6.4 million of cash

       AMA (UK) Limited   February      3,247,371 shares of            Pooling
                            1996            common stock                 of
                                                                      Interests

       Prophet Group      December     $8.9 million of cash           Purchase
       Limited              1996

       Data Supplies      February     $1.6  million of cash          Purchase
       Limited              1997      and an interest bearing 
                                         note of $752,000

      For the  acquisitions  accounted for as poolings of interests,  previously
issued financial  information,  including the financial  position and results of
the operations of the Company,  have been  retroactively  restated for all prior
periods  presented  to give  effect  to  those  acquisitions.  For  acquisitions
accounted for as purchases, the purchase prices were allocated based on the fair
value of the tangible and intangible  assets acquired and  liabilities  assumed.
(See Note 1(g)).  Results of  operations  of those  companies  are included from
their respective dates of acquisition.  Unaudited proforma financial information
for Data  Supplies  Limited is not  presented  as the amounts  involved  are not
material to the financial statements.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>



(3) LINES OF CREDIT

      At December 31, 1997,  the Company had a $120 million U.S.  floor plan and
accounts  receivable line of credit available from Deutsche  Financial  Services
Corporation  ("DFSC").  The U.S. DFSC line of credit expires in March,  1999 and
provides for direct  payment by the lender to certain  Company  vendors.  In the
case  of  certain  U.S.   product   purchases,   the  borrowings  bear  interest
immediately, and the borrowings related to the remaining purchases bear interest
after the lapse of the applicable  interest-free  periods,  which vary generally
from 30 to 90 days.  The U.S.  DFSC  line of credit  limits  the  borrowings  to
defined percentages of eligible  inventories and accounts  receivable.  The U.S.
DFSC line of credit  agreement also contains certain  covenants  relating to net
income  and  debt-to-equity  ratios.  The U.S.  DFSC line of  credit is  secured
primarily by the  Company's  U.S.  inventory and accounts  receivable,  although
substantially  all of the  Company's  other  U.S.  assets  also are  pledged  as
collateral  on the  facility.  As of  December  31,  1997,  the  Company  was in
compliance  with all such  covenants.  Interest is payable  monthly at the prime
rate (8.5% at December 31,  1997) less 1%. As of December 31, 1997,  the Company
had $110.0 million outstanding under this line of credit, which approximated the
Company's  availability  as of that date.  As of December 31, 1997,  the Company
also had a $3,000,000  unsecured demand note outstanding under its facility with
DFSC on which  interest  is  payable  monthly,  at a rate of prime  plus 1%.  In
January 1998, the unsecured demand note was paid off.

      The Company also has a $9.5 million floor plan  financing  agreement  with
IBM Credit  Corporation  to support  purchases of IBM  products.  The  Company's
purchases  under  this  arrangement  bear  interest  at the prime  rate (8.5% at
December 31, 1997) plus 6.25% after the lapse of  interest-free  periods,  which
vary generally from 30 to 90 days.  The Company  typically  repays this facility
upon the lapse of the interest-free  periods. As of December 31, 1997, there was
approximately $1.2 million outstanding under this line of credit.

      At December 31, 1997,  Elcom Group Ltd. had a financing  arrangement  with
Deutsche  Financial  Services (UK) Ltd.  which  provides for borrowings of up to
(pound)30  million  (approximately  $49.5  million  based on  December  31, 1997
exchange  rates)  based upon DFSC  U.K.'s  determination  of  eligible  accounts
receivable. The financing arrangement expires in December, 1998. Borrowings bear
interest at a rate of 1.25% above the National Westminster Bank base rate (7.25%
at December 31, 1997), and are limited to defined percentages of and are secured
primarily by U.K. accounts receivable.  The DFSC U.K. facility  incorporates the
reporting and compliance covenants of the U.S. DFSC facility. As of December 31,
1997, there was  approximately  $39.7 million  ((pound)24  million)  outstanding
under this financing arrangement,  which approximated the Company's availability
as of that date.

(4)    LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:
                                                               December 31,
                                                             1996       1997
                                                           -------     -------
Mortgage  payable to a bank,  interest  at the  
greater of the bank's  base rate (7.25% at 
December 31, 1997) plus 3% or 10.25%,  due in 
monthly  installments of principal plus interest 
through June 2005, secured by certain land and buildings   $465,000    $410,000

Less current portion                                         45,000      78,000
                                                           ========    ========
                                                           $420,000    $332,000
                                                           ========    ========


                                      F-13
<PAGE>



(5) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(a) Common Stock

      The  Company has  authorized  50,000,000  shares of $.01 par value  common
stock.

(b) Preferred Stock

      The Company has authorized  10,000,000  shares of $.01 par value preferred
stock.  The  Company  had  designated  5,000,000  of such  shares  as  Series  B
convertible  preferred  stock (Series B preferred  stock) and in June 1995,  the
Company  designated  3,150,000  shares as Series C convertible  preferred  stock
(Series C  preferred  stock).  All  Series B and  Series C  preferred  stock was
converted into common stock prior to or upon completion of the Company's initial
public  offering in December,  1995. The Company has amended its  Certificate of
Incorporation to restore all previously issued preferred stock to authorized and
unissued  status,  with the Board of  Directors  authorized  to fix the  rights,
privileges,  preferences  and  restrictions  of  any  series  thereof  as it may
designate.

      All holders of preferred stock prior to conversion to common stock entered
into stock purchase  agreements with the Company.  Pursuant to the terms of such
preferred  stock  purchase  agreements,  holders of common stock  resulting from
conversion of preferred stock maintain limited registration rights.

(c) Stock Options

      The  Company's  Board of Directors has adopted five stock option plans and
stockholders  have approved the adoption of four of such stock option plans,  as
amended,  with the fifth to be voted upon at the Company's  1998 Annual  Meeting
(the  "Option  Plans").  The Option  Plans  provide  that up to an  aggregate of
10,650,000  incentive  stock  options  (ISOs) and  nonqualified  options  may be
granted  to  key  personnel,  directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company,  as
determined  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  (the
"Compensation Committee"). Under the terms of the Option Plans, ISOs are granted
at not less than the estimated  fair market value of the Company's  common stock
on the date of grant.  The  Option  Plans  also  provide  that the  options  are
exercisable at varying dates, as determined by the Compensation  Committee,  and
have terms not to exceed 10 years.

      One of the Option Plans, the 1995  Nonemployee  Director Stock Option Plan
(the "1995  Nonemployee  Director  Plan")  provides  that an  aggregate of up to
250,000  nonqualified  stock options to acquire the  Company's  common stock are
reserved for grant to outside  directors of the Company.  Upon joining the Board
of  Directors,  any new  nonemployee  director is  automatically  granted  5,000
nonqualified stock options. All nonemployee  directors are granted an additional
5,000  nonqualified  stock  options  annually on each June 1  thereafter,  while
remaining on the Board of Directors. The 1995 Nonemployee Director Plan provides
that options are granted at fair market value on date of grant,  vest over three
years and have terms not to exceed 10 years.

      On April 29, 1997, the Board of Directors adopted and on February 17, 1998
it amended, The 1997 Stock Option Plan of Elcom  International,  Inc. (the "1997
Plan").  The 1997 Plan provides  that an aggregate of up to 2,000,000  ISO's and
nonqualified options to acquire the Company's common stock may be granted to key
personnel,  directors  and  consultants  of the  Company  as  determined  by the
Compensation  Committee.  Under the terms of the 1997 Plan, ISO's are granted at
not less than the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of
grant.  The 1997 Plan also provides that the options are  exercisable at varying
dates, as determined by the Compensation Committee, and have terms not to exceed
ten  years.  To the  extent  the  1997  Plan is not  ratified  by the  Company's
stockholders at its 1998 Annual Meeting,  all ISO's granted  theretofore will be
deemed to be non-qualified options, and only nonqualified options may be granted
under the 1997 Plan thereafter.

      On April 3, 1997, the Board of Directors  voted to reprice all outstanding
options  (excluding  those issued to Executive  Officers of the Company) with an
exercise  price in excess of $6.57 per share to an  exercise  price of $6.57 per
share. The repricing covered a total of 1,292,000 shares with a weighted average
exercise  price of $7.95 per share.  Such repricing is reflected in the December
31, 1997 options outstanding in the table below.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

      Information  relating to the  Company's  stock option plans during each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997 is as follows:

                                                                        
                                                     Option        Weighted
                                       Number         Price         Average
                                      of Shares     per Share    Exercise Price
                                     ----------   -------------  -------------- 
Outanding, December 31, 1994.......   2,084,487   $ .11 -  3.63       $0.99
  Granted..........................   2,170,485    3.63 - 10.28        4.70
  Terminated.......................     (70,683)    .11 -  5.99        4.12
  Exercised........................      (9,963)    .39 -  3.63        1.22
                                     -----------   -------------   ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1995.....   4,174,326    $.11 - 10.28       $3.17
  Granted..........................   3,101,975    5.31 - 14.25        6.63
  Terminated.......................    (323,461)    .11 - 10.28        5.90
  Exercised........................    (523,726)    .11 -  5.99        1.77
                                     -----------   -------------   ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1996.....   6,429,114    $.11 - 14.25       $4.64
  Granted..........................   2,073,275    5.03 -  8.80        5.84
  Terminated.......................    (266,517)   4.00 - 14.25        7.19
  Exercised........................    (505,447)    .11 -  6.57        2.98
                                     -----------   -------------   ----------
Outstanding, December 31, 1997....    7,730,425    $.11 -  8.80       $4.73
                                     ===========   =============   ==========

Exercisable, December 31, 1995.....   1,321,739    $.11 -  3.63       $0.92
                                     ============  =============   ==========
Exercisable, December 31, 1996.....   2,032,325    $.11 - 10.28       $2.72
                                     ============  =============   ==========
Exercisable, December 31, 1997.....   3,665,547    $.11 -  8.80       $3.86
                                     ============  =============   ==========

      The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
as of December 31, 1997:

                                                              Options
                        Options Outstanding                  Exercisable
                -----------------------------------    -----------------------

                              Weighted                 
                               Average     Weighted                   Weighted
 Range of                     Remaining     Average                    Average
 Exercise          Number    Contractual   Exercise      Number       Exercise
  Prices        Outstanding     Life         Price     Exercisable      Price
- ------------    -----------  -----------    -------    -----------    --------
$0.11 - 0.39      926,335     5.15 years    $ 0.13       926,335        $0.13
 1.22 - 3.63      423,108     5.33 years      2.64       421,158         2.63
        4.00    1,099,389     7.13 years      4.00       897,362         4.00
        4.75      203,800     7.47 years      4.75       106,275         4.75
        5.03    1,547,300     9.33 years      5.03            -            -
 5.06 - 5.75      666,000     8.56 years      5.37       363,011         5.25
        5.81    1,099,130     8.67 years      5.81       306,171         5.81
 5.88 - 6.53      164,538     8.91 years      6.14        17,987         5.99
        6.57    1,064,575     8.29 years      6.57       411,748         6.57
 6.75 - 8.80      536,250     8.58 years      7.75       215,500         7.60
               ==========                              ==========       ======
                7,730,425                              3,665,547        $3.86
               ==========                              ==========       ======

      As of  December  31,  1997,  8,610,864  shares of common  stock  have been
reserved for issuance under the Company's  stock option plans and 750,000 shares
have been reserved for issuance  pursuant to warrants  issued in connection with
the Lantec purchase as described below.

                                      F-15
<PAGE>



      As  described  in  Note  1,  the  Company   adopted  the  disclosure  only
alternative under SFAS No. 123. Had compensation  costs for awards in 1995, 1996
and 1997 under the  Company's  stock-based  compensation  plans been  determined
based on the fair value at the grant dates  consistent with the method set forth
in SFAS No. 123, the effect on the  Company's  net income and earnings per share
would have been as follows:

                                     1995       1996      1997
                                    ------    -------    -------
                             (in thousands, except per share data)
 Net income (loss):
            As reported            $  (904)    $5,575    $10,288
            Pro forma              $(1,581)    $3,330    $ 5,981

 Net income (loss) per share:
            As  reported - basic   $ (0.05)    $ 0.21    $  0.38
            Pro  forma - basic     $ (0.08)    $ 0.13    $  0.22
            As  reported - diluted $ (0.05)    $ 0.19    $  0.35
            Pro  forma - diluted   $ (0.08)    $ 0.11    $  0.20
                     

      Because  the method  prescribed  by SFAS No.  123 has not been  applied to
options  granted prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma  compensation
expense may be greater as additional options are granted.

      The fair value of each option  grant is  estimated on the grant date using
the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model with the following  weighted  average
assumptions:

                                1995     1996     1997
                               -------  ------   -------
Volatility                      53.52%   53.52%   60.25%
Risk-free interest rate          6.25%    6.2%     5.94%
Expected life of options       5 years  5 years  5 years
Expected  dividend yield         0%       0%       0%


      The weighted  average fair value per share of options granted during 1995,
1996 and 1997 were $2.57, $3.48 and $3.28 respectively.

      The Black-Scholes option pricing model was developed for use in estimating
the fair value of traded  options  which have no  vesting  restrictions  and are
fully  transferable.  In addition,  option  pricing  models require the input of
highly subjective assumptions. Because the Company's employee stock options have
characteristics  significantly  different  from  those of  traded  options,  and
because changes in the subjective  input  assumptions can materially  affect the
fair  value  estimate,  in  management's  opinion,  the  existing  models do not
necessarily  provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee
stock options.

      The Company's wholly owned  technology  subsidiary,  Elcom Systems,  Inc.,
also  maintained a stock  option plan  pursuant to which  187,500  shares of its
common stock were reserved for issuance. On April 30, 1997, the Company canceled
the Elcom Systems, Inc. Stock Option Plan under which no stock options were then
issued or outstanding.

(d) Warrants

      In  conjunction  with the  conversion of Series A preferred  stock and the
sale of  Series B  preferred  stock in 1994,  the  Company  issued  warrants  to
purchase  170,085  shares of the Company's  common stock at $3.63 per share.  In
conjunction  with the  Company's  initial  public  offering  of common  stock in
December, 1995, all such warrants were exercised.

      In June 1995,  the Company issued  warrants to purchase  750,000 shares of
the Company's common stock at $4.75 per share in connection with the purchase of
Lantec  (see  Note 2).  As of  December  31,  1997,  all of these  warrants  are
outstanding and exercisable.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>

(e) Initial Public Offering and Underwriter Over-allotment Option

      On December  19,  1995,  the  Company's  S-1  registration  statement  was
declared  effective  and on December 26, 1995,  the  underwriters  closed on the
purchase of 5,500,000  shares of the Company's common stock at $11 per share. Of
the shares sold,  4,000,000  were sold by the Company and 1,500,000 were sold by
certain  stockholders  of the Company.  Net proceeds to the Company upon closing
were approximately $39.4 million.

      On January 19, 1996,  the  underwriters  of the Company's  initial  public
offering exercised their  over-allotment  option and purchased 800,000 shares of
common stock at $11 per share. Of the 800,000 shares sold,  629,489 were sold by
the Company and 170,511 were sold by certain  stockholders  of the Company.  Net
proceeds  to  the  Company  as  a  result  of  this   transaction   amounted  to
approximately $6.2 million.

(f) Open Market Stock Purchase Plan

      On February 23, 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the
purchase of up to an aggregate  of 600,000  shares of common stock to be held as
treasury  stock  specifically  for reissuance in connection  with  acquisitions.
Subject to legal  requirements,  the  purchases may be made from time to time in
the open market based on  then-existing  market  conditions.  As of December 31,
1997,  the  Company  has  not  acquired  any  treasury  stock  pursuant  to this
authorization.

(6) LEASES AND OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

(a)  Leases

      The  Company  has  entered  into  capital  leases  for  various  software,
furniture,  computer,  telephone and other equipment. The lease terms range from
three to four years and, upon expiration, all leases provide purchase options at
a nominal price. Property,  equipment and software includes assets under capital
leases of $1,369,000  and  $2,200,000 and related  accumulated  amortization  of
$617,300  and  $881,885  as  of  December  31,  1996  and  1997,   respectively.
Amortization of leased assets is included in depreciation expense.

      The Company has entered  into  operating  leases for office and  warehouse
space, software, computers, autos and other equipment. The period covered by the
leases  ranges  from one to  twenty-five  years.  Certain  leases for office and
warehouse space require payment by the Company of all related operating expenses
of the building, including real estate taxes and utilities.

      Future minimum rental payments as of December 31, 1997, are as follows:

                                                  Capital     Operating
                                                  Leases        Leases
       Year Ending December 31,                  --------     ----------
       1998..................................    $774,000     $3,954,000
       1999..................................     776,000      3,537,000
       2000..................................     198,000      3,237,000
       2001..................................       --         1,920,000
       2002..................................       --           861,000
       Thereafter............................       --         7,532,000
                                               ----------    -----------
       Total minimum lease payments            $1,748,000    $21,041,000
                                                             ===========
         Less - Amounts representing interest     148,000
                                               ----------
         Present value of net minimum lease
           payments                            $1,600,000
         Current portion                          680,000
                                               ===========
        Long term portion                      $  920,000
                                               ===========

      Rent  expense  for  operating  leases  for each of the three  years  ended
December  31,  1995,  1996  and  1997  amounted  to  approximately   $1,654,000,
$2,808,000 and $4,042,000, respectively.

                                      F-17

<PAGE>

(b) Employment Contracts

      The Company has employment  contracts  with certain key  executives  which
provide  for  annual  salary  and  incentive   payments  as  well  as  severance
arrangements.

(c) Contingencies

      On May 30, 1996,  the Company  filed a complaint in the Civil  Division of
the  Court of  Common  Pleas of Bucks  County  Pennsylvania  (Civil  Action  No.
96004108-22-05)  against John R. Kovalcik,  Sr., John R. Kovalcik, Jr., James R.
Kovalcik, Thomas M. Kovalcik and David E. Kovalcik (collectively the "Kovalciks"
or the "Defendants"), the principal former owners of Computerware Business Trust
("Computerware"), which the Company acquired by a merger in February 1995. As of
May 29, 1996, none of the Kovalciks,  certain of whom had been terminated by the
Company, were employed by the Company, including John R. Kovalcik, Jr., a former
Corporate  Executive Vice President and President of Catalink Direct,  Inc., who
resigned from the Company's  Board of Directors  effective  April 24, 1996.  The
Company's  complaint,  which was  subsequently  amended,  sought to: (1) enforce
confidentiality  agreements/obligations  and  prevent  the  misappropriation  of
proprietary Company  information and Company property,  (2) obtain a declaration
from the  Court  that  certain  of the  Kovalciks'  rights  under  stock  option
agreements  were limited;  (3) enforce the covenants of the merger  agreement to
determine  the  final  amount of the  purchase  price of  Computerware,  and (4)
recover  damages   arising  from  various  causes,   including  the  Defendant's
fraudulent misrepresentations, and certain breaches of the merger agreement.

      The Defendants  counterclaimed against the Company seeking to: (1) rescind
the merger  agreement on the purported  grounds that it was not legal, or in the
alternative to receive unspecified additional purchase price consideration;  (2)
receive unspecified damages for: fraud,  breaches of the merger agreement and of
employment  and  stock  option  agreements,  wrongful  termination,  conversion,
misappropriation  of trade secrets,  unfair competition and defamation;  and (3)
have the Court declare the status of the rights of certain Kovalciks under their
stock option agreements as being more favorable than the Company contended.

      On March 26,  1997,  the Company and certain of its  subsidiaries  entered
into a Final  Agreement  of  Settlement  and  Mutual  Release  of All Claims and
Demands with the former owners of  Computerware,  including the dismissal of all
litigation  pending  against the Defendants  and of their related  counterclaims
against the Company.  The essence of the settlement  includes, a confirmation of
the merger  transaction and confirms that the 1,326,417  shares of the Company's
common stock issued in 1995 is the appropriate and final amount of the stock due
and payable in connection with the transaction.  In addition, the Kovalciks have
agreed to certain volume and manner of sale limitations on their ability to sell
their shares of the Company's common stock. The settlement of these disputes and
related litigation did not have a significant impact on the Company's results of
operations.

                                      F-18
<PAGE>



(7) FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA

      Prior to the  Company's  acquisition  of  Lantec in June 1995 and AMA (UK)
Limited in February 1996,  substantially all of the net sales, net income (loss)
and  identifiable  assets of the Company  related to  operations in the U.S. Net
sales,  net income (loss) and  identifiable  assets  (adjusted for allocation of
goodwill and related  amortization for the Lantec acquisition) for the Company's
U.S. and U.K.  operations for the years ended December 31, 1995,  1996 and 1997,
are as follows (in thousands):

                      
                       
      Year Ended
     December 31,      United      United
         1995          States      Kingdom   Eliminations   Consolidated
    ---------------   ---------   ---------   ----------     ----------
    Net sales         $ 219,396   $  92,027   $     --       $ 311,423 
                      =========   =========   ==========     ==========

    Net income(loss)  $  (2,128)  $   1,224   $     --       $    (904)
                      =========   =========   ==========     ========== 
    Identifiable                                                            
      assets          $ 119,675   $  56,625   $  (2,069)     $  174,231
                      =========   =========   ==========     ==========
      Year Ended
     December 31,
         1996
    ---------------
    Net sales         $ 435,133   $ 184,982    $    --       $  620,115
                      =========   =========    =========     ==========

    Net income        $   1,274   $   4,301    $    --       $    5,575 
                      =========   =========    =========     ==========
    Identifiable       
      assets          $ 161,890   $  98,879    $    --       $  260,769
                      =========   =========    =========     ==========
     Year Ended
     December 31,
         1997
    ---------------
    Net sales         $ 473,806   $ 286,330    $    --       $ 760,136 
                      =========   =========    =========     ========= 
   
    Net income        $   5,627   $   4,661    $    --       $  10,288
                      =========   =========    =========     =========
               
    Identifiable      
      assets          $ 224,718   $ 107,350    $    --       $ 332,068
                      =========   =========    =========     =========

    Substantially all revenues,  net income and identifiable  assets relate to
the remarketing of personal computer products and related services.

(8)  INCOME TAXES

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consisted of (in thousands):

                 1995      1996      1997
                -------   ------    ------

       U.S.     $(1,978)  $1,992    $6,977
       Foreign    2,313    6,993     7,800
                =======   ======   =======
                $   335   $8,985   $14,777
                =======   ======   =======


                                      F-19
<PAGE>



The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of (in thousands):

                          1995     1996     1997
                         ------   ------   ------
Current tax provision
   U.S. Federal          $  --    $  --      $250
                                     
   State                    150      718      375
   Foreign                1,089    2,692    2,400
                         ------   ------   ------
     Total current tax   $1,239   $3,410   $3,025
      provision          ------   ------   ------
                         
Deferred tax provision (benefit)
   U.S. Federal             --       --      468
   State                    --       --      257
   Foreign                  --       --      739
                         ------   ------   ------
     Total deferred         --       --    $1,464
       tax provision     ------   ------   ------
Provision for income     $1,239   $3,410   $4,489
 taxes                   ======   ======   ======
                         

The  following  table  summarizes  the  significant  differences  between the US
Federal  statutory tax rate and the  Company's  effective tax rate for financial
statement purposes:

                                                    1995    1996   1997
                                                   ------  ------ ------
Statutory tax rate                                  34.0%   34.0%  34.0%
State taxes, net of U.S. federal tax benefit        29.6     5.3    2.8
Foreign taxes                                       (6.9)   (0.8)  (1.6)
Utilization of net operating                          
  loss carryforwards                                  --   (29.5) (21.0)
Non deductible goodwill and other                  313.2    29.0   16.2
                                                   ------  ------ ------
                                                   369.9%   38.0%  30.4%
                                                   ------  ------ ------

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)consisted of the
following as of December 31,(in thousands):
                                               1995        1996       1997
                                              ------      ------     ------
Deferred tax assets
   Depreciation                              $   -       $  228     $    -
   Nondeductible reserves                       724         358          -
   Capitalized inventory costs                   -           -          497
   State income taxes                            -           -          101
   Accrued expenses                              -           -          632
   Other temporary differences                  400       1,121         522
   Foreign net operating loss carryforwards     659          -           -
   Net federal and state operating 
     loss carryforwards                       2,746       1,619          - 
                                             ======      ======    ========
                                              4,529       3,326       1,752
                                             ======      ======    ========
Deferred tax liabilities
   Depreciation                                 170          -          374
   Other intangible assets                       -           -          620
   Catalog costs                                 -           -        1,067
   Other temporary differences                   -          671         834
                                             ------      ------    --------
                                                170         671       2,895
                                             ------      ------    --------
Valuation allowance                           4,359       2,655        -
                                             ------      ------    --------
Net deferred tax liabilities                 $    -      $   -     $(1,143)
                                             ======      ======    ========

                                      F-20
<PAGE>

      Prior to 1997, due to the  uncertainty  surrounding the realization of the
benefit of its  favorable  tax  attributes  in future tax  returns,  the Company
placed a full valuation  allowance against its net deferred tax asset.  Prior to
its February 1995 acquisition, Computerware (See Note 2) had elected to be taxed
as an S corporation under Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code.  Therefore,
prior to its  acquisition,  Computerware's  taxable  income was  reported on its
stockholders' tax returns.

      The Federal and State net  operating  loss  carryforwards  relative to the
Company's  operations as a C corporation  cumulatively  amount to  approximately
$3,300,000  at December 31, 1997.  Such net  operating  loss  carryforwards  are
attributable  to  deductions  for  nonqualifying   stock  option  exercises  and
disqualifying  dispositions  of  common  stock  acquired  upon the  exercise  of
incentive stock options.  The Federal and State net operating loss carryforwards
will begin to expire in 2008.

      U.S. income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed net earnings
of the foreign  subsidiaries.  The Company plans to reinvest  substantially  all
such earnings outside of the U.S., thus  indefinitely  postponing the remittance
of taxes,  which  would be reduced by  available  foreign tax  credits,  on such
earnings.

(9)RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

(a)     Transactions with Affiliated Company

      As of December 31, 1997,  the Company owns  approximately  22% of ShopLink
Incorporated  ("ShopLink"),  a development stage company that licensed the PECOS
electronic  commerce system to service the home grocery and consumables  market.
The Company  accounts  for this  investment  under the equity  method,  with its
losses  limited to its  $4,000  initial  investment.  Accounts  receivable  from
ShopLink at December 31, 1996 and 1997 were $326,135, and $185,250 respectively.

      As of September  30, 1997,  the Company sold options to acquire its entire
equity ownership interest in ShopLink.  The Company received $418,000 in payment
for the options,  which may be exercised  through  March 31, 1999. If exercised,
the Company could  receive  payments of up to an  additional  $4.2 million.  The
Company has included  the $418,000  received in payment for the options in other
deferred liabilities, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(b)  Employee Loans

      In certain instances,  the Company  periodically makes loans to certain of
its officers and employees.  These loans are included in accounts  receivable in
the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets and amounted to $1,625,000  and
$1,082,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.  Generally,  these loans
are  collateralized  by the  employees'  shares of common  stock or  options  to
acquire  common stock,  and accrue  interest  either at a fixed rate of 8% or at
rates of prime or prime plus 1%.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>



(10) EARNINGS PER SHARE (in thousands, except per share data)

Basic and diluted earnings per share were calculated as follows:

Basic                                       1995     1996     1997
- -------------------------                 -------  -------  -------
                           
Net income (loss)                          $(904)  $5,575   $10,288
                                          =======  ======   =======

Weighted  average shares outstanding      18,195   26,363    26,937
                                          =======  ======   =======

Basic net income  (loss) per share        $(0.05)   $0.21     $0.38
                                          =======  ======   =======

Diluted
- -------------------------
Net income (loss)                          $(904)  $5,575   $10,288
                                          =======  ======   =======

Weighted  average shares outstanding      18,195   26,363    26,937


Dilutive effect of stock options             --     3,376     2,524
                                          -------  ------    ------

Weighted  average shares as adjusted      18,195   29,739    29,461
                                          =======  ======    ======

Diluted net income (loss) per share       $(0.05)   $0.19     $0.35
                                          =======  ======    ======

      Options to purchase  536,000 shares of common stock at prices ranging from
$6.75 to $8.80 were  outstanding  at December  31, 1997 but were not included in
the  computation  of diluted  earnings per share  because the options'  exercise
prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares in 1997.

(11) QUARTERLY INFORMATION FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

(in thousands, except per
share data)
                                 First   Second    Third     Fourth
                                Quarter  Quarter   Quarter   Quarter    Year
Year Ended December 31, 1996   -------- --------  --------  --------  --------
Net sales....................  $141,416 $146,305  $156,851  $175,543  $620,115
Gross profit.................    16,345   17,040    17,332    19,322    70,039
Operating profit.............     2,240    2,514     2,736     3,798    11,288
Net income ..................     1,124    1,152     1,310     1,989     5,575
Basic net income per share...      $.04     $.04      $.05      $.08      $.21
Basic weighted average        
  shares outstanding.........    26,022   26,363    26,495    26,568    26,363
Diluted net income per share.      $.04     $.04      $.04      $.07      $.19
Diluted weighted average      
  shares outstanding.........    29,142   30,079    29,435    29,950    29,739

Year Ended December 31, 1997
Net sales....................  $176,279 $198,157  $198,373  $187,327  $760,136
Gross profit.................    20,202   22,692    24,036    23,464    90,394
Operating profit.............     3,559    4,095     5,764     5,501    18,919
Net income ..................     1,962    2,061     3,412     2,853    10,288
Basic net income per share...      $.07     $.08      $.13      $.11      $.38
Basic weighted average       
  shares outstanding.........    26,739   26,869    27,017    27,117    26,937
Diluted net income per share.      $.07     $.07      $.11      $.10      $.35
Diluted weighted average      
  shares outstanding.........    29,519   28,847    29,481    29,907    29,461

                                      F-22

<PAGE>
                   ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
                                INDEX TO SCHEDULE

                                                                         Page
                                                                      Reference

Report of Independent Public Accounts on Schedule                         S-2

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts for the Years Ended
         December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997                                 S-3


                                      S-1

<PAGE>






              REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS ON SCHEDULE




To Elcom International, Inc.

         We  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards,  the  consolidated  balance sheets of Elcom  International,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  as of  December  31, 1996 and 1997,  and the related  consolidated
statements of  operations,  stockholders'  equity and cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended  December 31, 1997,  included in this Form 10-K,
and have issued our report thereon dated February 17, 1998. Our audits were made
for the  purpose  of forming  an  opinion  on the basic  consolidated  financial
statements taken as a whole. The schedule listed in the index to schedule is the
responsibility of the Company's  management and is presented for the purposes of
complying with the Securities and Exchange  Commission's  rules and are not part
of the basic consolidated financial statements. This schedule has been subjected
to the  auditing  procedures  applied  in our  audits of the basic  consolidated
financial  statements  and,  in our  opinion,  fairly  states  in  all  material
respects, the financial data required to be set forth therein in relation to the
basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole.


/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Boston, Massachusetts
February 17, 1998

                                      S-2



<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE II


                   ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
              For the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997
                                 (in thousands)


                                    
                                 Balance                               Balance
Allowance for                   Beginning              Utilization/     End
Doubtful Accounts               of Period   Additions    Other (1)    of Period
- ----------------------------    ---------   ---------   ---------     ---------

Year ended December 31, 1995    $  360       $  472      $  877         $1,709
                                =======      =======     =======        ======


Year ended December 31, 1996    $1,709       $2,586      $   17         $4,312
                                =======      =======     =======        ======


Year ended December 31, 1997    $4,312       $3,058     $(1,896)        $5,474
                                =======      =======    ========        ======

(1) Includes allowances for doubtful accounts acquired through acquisition,  net
of write-offs.


                                 Balance                               Balance
Deferred Tax                    Beginning                                End
Valuation Accounts              of Period   Additions  Utilization    of Period
- ----------------------------    ---------   ---------   ---------     ---------
Year ended December 31, 1995    $  1,973     $ 2,386     $    --        $4,359
                                ========     =======     =======        =======


Year ended December 31, 1996    $  4,359     $   --      $(1,704)       $2,655
                                ========     =======     ========       =======


Year ended December 31, 1997    $  2,655     $   --      $(2,655)       $   --
                                ========     =======     ========       =======


                                      S-3


                                                                   Exhibit 4.12

                       Certain Registration Rights Under
                          Securities Agreement between
                Elcom International, Inc. and Robert J. Crowell,
                                  Assigned to:
                --------------------------------------------------


                                                                As to Number of
                                                                    Shares of
               Assignee                                           Common Stock

Linda M. Cioffi                                                     347,078

Christopher Crowell and Kathy Cioffi, 
   as Co-Trustees of the KMC Trust No. 1                            158,677

Robert J. Crowell, as Trustee of the KMC Trust No. II               188,401

Robert J. Crowell, as Trustee of the                              3,749,928
   Robert J. Crowell Family Trust




                                                                   Exhibit 10.5

                             AGREEMENT OF AMENDMENT

         This  Agreement  is made and entered into this 20th day of October 1997
by and  between  the  Trustees  of Oceana  Way  Associates  (hereinafter  called
"Landlord") and Catalink Direct, Inc. (hereinafter called "Tenant").

                                   WITNESSETH

         WHEREAS, by lease dated July 15, 1993 (hereinafter called the "Lease"),
Tenant leases a premises located at 10 Oceana Way, Norwood, Massachusetts; and

         WHEREAS,  Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the original term of the
Lease and modify certain provisions thereof;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  for  valuable  consideration,  the  Lease  is  hereby
modified and amended as follows:

          1.  In Section 1.1, the  definition of Term is deleted and "the period
              ending July 31, 2001" is inserted in its place.

          2.  In Section 1.1 in the  definition of Annual Fixed Rent Rate,  "and
              $115,000.00  thereafter" is deleted and the following  inserted in
              its place:

              "$115,000.00 during the fourth and fifth years, $259,586.25 during
              the  sixth  year,   $295,391.25   during  the  seventh  year,  and
              $331,196.25 thereafter."

          3. Section 2.4 is deleted in its entirety.

         Except as expressly amended hereinabove,  all of the terms,  conditions
and  provisions of the Lease are ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full
force and effect.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Landlord  and  Tenant  have duly  executed  this
Agreement of Amendment.

Tenant:                                        Landlord:

Catalink Direct, Inc.                          Oceana Way Associates



By:      /s/ Michael J. McEachern              By: /s/ Roger P. Nordblom
                                               As Trustee but not individually

 
                                                                   Exhibit 10.15
                                              

                             COLLATERALIZED GUARANTY

TO:     DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES (UK) LTD. ("DFS")

1. Guaranty and Indemnification. In consideration of financing provided or to be
provided  by you to Elcom  Group  Limited  ("Dealer"),  and for  other  good and
valuable   consideration   received,   the  undersigned   (individually   and/or
collectively  "Guarantor")  unconditionally and absolutely guaranty to DFS, from
property  held  separately  or jointly,  the  immediate  payment when due of all
current and future  liabilities  owed by Dealer to DFS, whether such liabilities
are direct or  indirect  ("Liabilities").  Guarantor  will pay DFS on demand the
full  amount  of all sums owed by  Dealer  to DFS,  together  with all costs and
expenses (including, without limitation,  reasonable attorneys' fees). Guarantor
also  indemnifies and holds DFS harmless from and against all (a) losses,  costs
and expenses DFS incurs  and/or is liable for  (including,  without  limitation,
reasonable  attorneys' fees) and (b) claims,  actions and demands made by Dealer
or any third party against DFS, which in any way relate to any  relationship  or
transaction between DFS and Dealer.

2. Consents. This Guaranty will not be released,  discharged or affected by, and
Guarantor hereby irrevocably consents to, any: (a) change in the manner,  place,
or terms of payment or  performance in any current or future  agreement  between
DFS and Dealer,  the  release,  settlement  or  compromise  of or with any party
liable for the  payment or  performance  thereof or the  substitution,  release,
non-perfection,   impairment,  sale  or  other  disposition  of  any  collateral
thereunder;  (b) change in Dealer's  financial  condition;  (c)  interruption of
relations  between  Dealer and DFS or  Guarantor;  (d) claim or action by Dealer
against DFS;  and/or (e) increases or decreases in any credit DFS may provide to
Dealer.

3.  Unconditional  Obligations.  Guarantor will pay DFS even if DFS has not: (a)
notified  Dealer  that it is in  default  of the  Liabilities,  and/or  that DFS
intends to accelerate or has  accelerated  the payment of all or any part of the
Liabilities, or (b) exercised any of DFS' rights or remedies against Dealer, any
other person or any current or future collateral.  If Dealer hereafter undergoes
any change in its ownership, identity or organizational structure, this Guaranty
will  extend to all  current  and future  obligations  which such new or changed
legal entity owes to DFS.

4. Waivers.  Guarantor  irrevocably  waives:  notice of DFS'  acceptance of this
Guaranty, presentment,  demand, protest, nonpayment,  nonperformance,  notice of
breach or default,  notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration of
any  indebtedness of Dealer,  any right of contribution  from other  guarantors,
dishonor,  the amount of  indebtedness  of Dealer  outstanding  at any time, the
number and amount of advances made by DFS to Dealer in reliance on this Guaranty
and any claim or action against Dealer;  all other demands and notices  required
by law;  all  rights of offset and  counterclaims  against  DFS or  Dealer;  all
defenses to the enforceability of this Guaranty (including,  without limitation,
fraudulent inducement). Guarantor also waives all rights to claim, arbitrate for
or sue for any punitive or exemplary  damages.  In  addition,  Guarantor  hereby
irrevocably  subordinates  to DFS any and all of Guarantor's  present and future
rights and remedies:  (a) of subrogation against Dealer to any of DFS' rights or
remedies against Dealer, (b) of contribution, reimbursement, indemnification and
restoration  from  Dealer;  and (c) to assert any other claim or action  against
Dealer directly or indirectly relating to this Guaranty,  such subordinations to
last  until DFS has been paid in full for all  Liabilities.  All of  Guarantor's
waivers and subordinations herein will survive any termination of this Guaranty.

5.   Warranties   and   Representations.   Guarantor  has  made  an  independent
investigation of the financial condition of Dealer and gives this Guaranty based
on that investigation and not upon any representation made by DFS. Guarantor has
access  to  current  and  future  Dealer  financial  information  which  enables
Guarantor  to remain  continuously  informed  of Dealer's  financial  condition.
Guarantor  represents  and warrants to DFS that  Guarantor has received and will
receive  substantial  direct or  indirect  benefit by making this  Guaranty  and
incurring the  Liabilities.  Guarantor also  represents and warrants to DFS that
Guarantor is 

                                       1

<PAGE>

solvent and  Guarantor's  execution  of this  Guaranty  will not make  Guarantor
insolvent.  Guarantor  further  represents  and  warrants  to DFS that:  (a) the
present  fair  salable  value of  Guarantor's  assets is greater than the amount
required to pay Guarantor's  liabilities  (including  contingent,  subordinated,
unmatured  and  unliquidated  liabilities);  and (b)  Guarantor  now has capital
sufficient  to carry on its  business  and  transactions  and all  business  and
transactions  in which it is about to engage and is now  solvent and able to pay
its debts as they mature.

6. Grant of Security  Interest.  To secure payment of all Liabilities and all of
Guarantor's  current and future debts to DFS, whether under this Guaranty or any
current or future guaranty or other  agreement,  Guarantor grants DFS a security
interest  in  all  of  Guarantor's  inventory,  equipment,  fixtures,  accounts,
contract rights, chattel paper,  instruments,  reserves,  documents, and general
intangibles;  all whether now owned or hereafter acquired,  and all attachments,
accessories,   accessions,  substitutions  and  replacements  thereto,  and  all
proceeds  thereof.  All such assets are  collectively  referred to herein as the
"Collateral."  All of such terms for which  meanings are provided in the Uniform
Commercial Code of the applicable state are used herein with such meanings.  All
Collateral  financed by DFS for Dealer or Guarantor,  and all proceeds  thereof,
will be held in trust by Guarantor for DFS.

7. Additional Warranties and Representations.  Guarantor warrants and represents
to DFS that: (a) Guarantor has good title to all  Collateral;  (b) DFS' security
interest in the  Collateral  financed by DFS for Dealer or  Guarantor is not now
and will not become subordinate to the security interest,  lien,  encumbrance or
claim of any  person,  other than the  security  interest  granted  to  Deutsche
Financial  Services  Corporation;  (c) Guarantor  will execute all documents DFS
requests to perfect and maintain DFS' security  interest in the Collateral;  (d)
Guarantor will deliver to DFS immediately upon each request, and DFS may retain,
each Certificate of Title or Statement of Origin issued for Collateral  financed
by DFS  for  Dealer  or  Guarantor;  (e)  Guarantor  will at all  times  be duly
organized,  existing, in good standing, qualified and licensed to do business in
each state,  county,  or parish, in which the nature of its business or property
so requires;  (f) Guarantor  has the right and is duly  authorized to enter into
this Guaranty;  (g) Guarantor's execution of this Guaranty does not constitute a
breach of any agreement to which  Guarantor is now or hereafter  becomes  bound;
(h)  there are and will be no  actions  or  proceedings  pending  or  threatened
against  Guarantor  which  might  result  in  any  material  adverse  change  in
Guarantor's  financial or business condition or which might in any way adversely
affect any of Guarantor's  assets; (i) Guarantor will maintain the Collateral in
good  condition and repair;  (j) Guarantor has duly filed and will duly file all
tax returns  required by law; (k)  Guarantor  has paid and will pay when due all
taxes, levies, assessments and governmental charges of any nature; (l) Guarantor
will keep and maintain all of its books and records pertaining to the Collateral
at its principal place of business designated below; (m) Guarantor will promptly
supply DFS with such  information  concerning it as DFS hereafter may reasonably
request; (n) all Collateral will be kept at Dealer's principal place of business
or Guarantor's place of business listed below, and such other locations, if any,
of which  Dealer or  Guarantor  has  notified DFS in writing or as listed on any
current or future Exhibit "A" attached to any Agreement for Wholesale  Financing
or security  agreement  between  Dealer and DFS or this  Guaranty  which written
notice(s)  to DFS and Exhibit A(s) are  incorporated  herein by  reference;  (o)
Guarantor  will give DFS thirty (30) days prior written  notice of any change in
Guarantor's   identity,   name,  form  of  business   organization,   ownership,
management,  principal place of business, Collateral locations or other business
locations,  and before moving any books and records to any other  location;  (p)
Guarantor will observe and perform all matters  required by any lease,  license,
concession or franchise  forming part of the Collateral in order to maintain all
the rights of DFS thereunder;  (q) Guarantor will advise DFS of the commencement
of material legal  proceedings  against  Dealer or Guarantor;  and (r) Guarantor
will comply with all  applicable  laws and will conduct its business in a manner
which  preserves  and  protects  the  Collateral  and the  earnings  and incomes
thereof.

8.  Negative  Covenants.  Guarantor  will not at any time  (without  DFS'  prior
written consent):  (a) other than in the ordinary course of its business,  sell,
lease or otherwise  dispose of or transfer any of its assets;  (b) rent,  lease,

                                       2
<PAGE>

demonstrate,  consign,  or use any  Collateral  financed  by DFS for  Dealer  or
Guarantor;  or (c) enter into any mergers,  consolidations,  reorganizations  or
recapitalizations  without DFS' prior written consent other than as contemplated
herein,  except  for any such  transaction  which  results  in the  indefeasible
satisfaction in full of all Liabilities to DFS and termination of the agreements
between DFS and Dealer in accordance with the terms thereof.

9. Insurance. Guarantor will immediately notify DFS of any loss, theft or damage
to any  Collateral.  Guarantor  will keep the  Collateral  insured  for its full
insurable  value under an "all risk"  property  insurance  policy with a company
acceptable to DFS,  naming DFS as a lender  loss-payee and  containing  standard
lender's loss payable and  termination  provisions.  Guarantor  will provide DFS
with  written  evidence  of  such  property   insurance  coverage  and  lender's
loss-payee endorsement.

10. Financial  Statements.  Guarantor will provide DFS with financial statements
on it each year within one hundred  twenty  (120) days after the end of Dealer's
fiscal year end.  Guarantor  warrants and  represents  to DFS that all financial
statements  and  information  relating to Guarantor or Dealer which have been or
may  hereafter  be  delivered by Guarantor or Dealer to DFS are true and correct
and  have  been and will be  prepared  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles  consistently  applied and,  with  respect to  previously
delivered statements and information,  there has been no material adverse change
in the  financial  or  business  condition  of  Guarantor  or  Dealer  since the
submission to DFS, either as of the date of delivery, or if different,  the date
specified therein, and Guarantor acknowledges DFS' reliance thereon.

11.   Financial Covenants.

              (a)  Guarantor  agrees  that  it will at all  times  maintain  the
following:

                     (i) a  Tangible  Net Worth  plus  Subordinated  Debt in the
              combined  amount  of not  less  than  Forty-Five  Million  Dollars
              ($45,000,000);

                     (ii)  a  ratio  of  Debt  to   Tangible   Net  Worth   plus
              Subordinated  Debt of not more  than  Three  and  one-half  to One
              (3.5:1.0);

              (b)  During  any fiscal  year,  not more than one  fiscal  quarter
              thereof  shall  evidence a before tax loss,  excluding any expense
              charges relating to the  Intangibles,  as determined in accordance
              with GAAP; and

              (c) For each  fiscal  year,  Guarantor  shall  achieve  before tax
              income, excluding any expense charges relating to the Intangibles,
              as determined in accordance with GAAP, of not less than one dollar
              ($1.00).

              For purposes of this paragraph: (i) "Tangible Net Worth" means the
              book value of Guarantor's  assets less  liabilities  (including as
              liabilities  all reserves for  contingencies  and other  potential
              liabilities),  excluding  from such assets all  Intangibles;  (ii)
              "Intangibles" means and includes general intangibles (as that term
              is defined in the Uniform  Commercial Code);  accounts  receivable
              and  advances  due  from  officers,   directors,   member,  owner,
              employees, stockholders and affiliates; leasehold improvements net
              of depreciation;  licenses;  good will;  prepaid expenses;  escrow
              deposits;  covenants not to compete;  the excess of cost over book
              value of acquired assets;  franchise fees;  organizational  costs;
              finance  reserves  held  for  recourse  obligations;   capitalized
              research and  development  costs;  and such other similar items as
              DFS may from time to time determine in DFS' sole discretion; (iii)
              "Debt" means all of Guarantor's  liabilities and  indebtedness for
              borrowed  money of any  kind  and  nature  whatsoever  other  than
              Subordinated Debt (as defined below),  whether direct or indirect,
              absolute  or   contingent,   and   including   obligations   under
              capitalized leases,  guaranties or with respect to which Guarantor
              has pledged  assets to secure  performance,  whether or not direct
              recourse  liability has been assumed by  Guarantor;  provided that
              Debt shall not include any liability item on Guarantor's financial
              statements 

                                       3
<PAGE>

              which represents a minority  ownership  interest in any
              Subsidiary;  (iv)  "Subordinated  Debt"  means  all Debt  which is
              subordinated  to the payment of Guarantor's  liabilities to DFS by
              an agreement in form and  substance  satisfactory  to DFS plus any
              liability  item  on   Guarantor's   financial   statements   which
              represents a minority  ownership  interest in any Subsidiary;  and
              (v)  "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation in which  Guarantor or a
              subsidiary  of  Guarantor  owns or  controls  greater  than  fifty
              percent  (50%) of the voting  securities,  or any  partnership  or
              joint venture in which Guarantor or a subsidiary of Guarantor owns
              or controls  greater  than fifty  percent  (50%) of the  aggregate
              equitable  interest.  The  foregoing  terms will be  determined in
              accordance with GAAP consistently  applied,  and on a consolidated
              basis  based upon the  consolidated  and  consolidating  financial
              statements of Guarantor ("Financial Covenants").  The President or
              Chief  Financial  Officer of Guarantor  will certify to DFS by the
              10th  business day after  Guarantor's  filing of its 10-Q with the
              SEC,  or more often if  requested  by DFS,  that  Guarantor  is in
              compliance  with the  financial  covenants  as set forth in a form
              acceptable to DFS in its sole discretion.

12. Reviews.  Guarantor grants DFS an irrevocable  license to enter  Guarantor's
business  locations during normal business hours without notice to Guarantor to:
(a) account for and inspect all Collateral;  (b) verify  Guarantor's  compliance
with this  Guaranty;  and (c)  examine  and copy  Guarantor's  books and records
related to the Collateral.

13.  Default.  Guarantor  will be in default  under this Guaranty if: (a) Dealer
breaches any terms,  warranties  or  representations  contained in any agreement
between  DFS and  Dealer;  (b)  Guarantor  breaches  any  terms,  warranties  or
representations contained herein or in any other agreement between Guarantor and
DFS; (c) any representation,  statement, report or certificate made or delivered
by Dealer or Guarantor to DFS is not accurate when made; (d) Dealer fails to pay
any portion of Dealer's  debts to DFS when due and payable  under any  agreement
between DFS and Dealer;  (e) Guarantor  fails to pay any portion of  Guarantor's
debts to DFS when due and payable under any agreement between DFS and Guarantor;
(f) Dealer or Guarantor  abandons any Collateral;  (g) Dealer or Guarantor is or
becomes  in default in the  payment of any debt owed to any third  party;  (h) a
money judgment  issues against Dealer or Guarantor;  (i) an attachment,  sale or
seizure issues or is executed against any assets of Dealer or Guarantor; (j) Any
general partner dies while Guarantor is a general or limited partnership, or any
member dies while Guarantor is a limited liability company,  as applicable;  (k)
Dealer or Guarantor  shall cease  existence as a  corporation,  partnership,  or
limited  liability  company,  as applicable;  (l) Dealer or Guarantor  ceases or
suspends business; (m) Dealer, Guarantor or any member while Dealer or Guarantor
is a limited liability  company,  as applicable,  makes a general assignment for
the benefit of  creditors;  (n) Dealer,  Guarantor or any member while Dealer or
Guarantor is a limited liability  company,  as applicable,  becomes insolvent or
voluntarily or involuntarily becomes subject to the Federal Bankruptcy Code, any
state  insolvency  law or any similar law; (o) any receiver is appointed for any
assets of Dealer, Guarantor or any member while Dealer or Guarantor is a limited
liability  company,  as  applicable;  (p) this Guaranty or any other guaranty of
Dealer's  debts  to DFS  is  terminated;  (q)  Dealer  or  Guarantor  loses  any
franchise,  permission, license or right to sell or deal in any Collateral which
DFS finances for Dealer or Guarantor;  or (r) Dealer or Guarantor  misrepresents
their respective financial condition or organizational structure.

14. Rights of DFS Upon Default. In the event of a default:
        (a)    DFS may at any time at DFS' election, without notice or demand to
               Dealer or Guarantor, do any one or more of the following: declare
               all  or  any  part  of  the  debt  Guarantor  owes  DFS,  whether
               contingent  or  noncontingent  and whether  arising  hereunder or
               under any other agreement between Guarantor and DFS,  immediately
               due and  payable,  together  with all costs and  expenses of DFS'
               collection   activity,   including,   without   limitation,   all
               reasonable  attorneys'  fees;  exercise  any or all rights  under
               applicable  law  (including,  without  limitation,  the  right to
               possess,  

                                       4

<PAGE>

               transfer and dispose of the  Collateral);  and/or cease
               extending any additional credit to Guarantor,  if applicable,  or
               Dealer.
        (b)    Guarantor  will  segregate  and keep the  Collateral in trust for
               DFS,  and in good  order and  repair,  and will not  sell,  rent,
               lease, consign,  otherwise dispose of or use any Collateral,  nor
               further encumber any Collateral.
        (c)    Upon DFS' oral or  written  demand,  Guarantor  will  immediately
               deliver the  Collateral  to DFS,  in good order and repair,  at a
               place specified by DFS, together with all related  documents;  or
               DFS may, in DFS' sole  discretion and without notice or demand to
               Guarantor,  take immediate  possession of the Collateral together
               with all related documents.

               All of DFS' rights and remedies are  cumulative.  DFS' failure to
               exercise any of DFS' rights or remedies  hereunder will not waive
               any of DFS' rights or remedies as to any past,  current or future
               default.

15. Sale of Collateral.  Guarantor agrees that if DFS conducts a private sale of
any  Collateral by requesting  bids from 10 or more dealers or  distributors  in
that  type of  Collateral,  any  sale by DFS of  such  Collateral  in bulk or in
parcels  within  120 days of: (a) DFS'  taking  possession  and  control of such
Collateral;  or (b) when DFS is otherwise  authorized  to sell such  Collateral;
whichever  occurs last, to the bidder  submitting the highest cash bid therefor,
is  a  commercially  reasonable  sale  of  such  Collateral  under  the  Uniform
Commercial  Code.  Guarantor  agrees that the  purchase of any  Collateral  by a
vendor,  as  provided  in  any  agreement  between  DFS  and  the  vendor,  is a
commercially  reasonable  disposition and private sale of such Collateral  under
the  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  and no  request  for bids  shall  be  required.
Guarantor  further  agrees  that 7 or more days  prior  written  notice  will be
commercially reasonable notice of any public or private sale (including any sale
to a  Vendor).  Guarantor  irrevocably  waives any  requirement  that DFS retain
possession and not dispose of any Collateral until after an arbitration hearing,
arbitration award, confirmation, trial or final judgment. If DFS disposes of any
such Collateral other than as herein contemplated, the commercial reasonableness
of such  disposition will be determined in accordance with the laws of the state
governing this Guaranty.

16. Power of Attorney. Guarantor grants DFS an irrevocable power of attorney to:
execute or endorse on  Guarantor's  behalf  any  checks,  financing  statements,
instruments,  Certificates  of Title and Statements of Origin  pertaining to the
Collateral;  supply any omitted  information and correct errors in any documents
between DFS and Guarantor; initiate and settle any insurance claim pertaining to
the Collateral;  and do anything to preserve and protect the Collateral and DFS'
rights and interest therein.

17.  Termination.  Guarantor may terminate  this Guaranty by a written notice to
DFS,  the  termination  to be  effective  sixty (60) days after DFS receives and
acknowledges it, but the termination will not terminate Guarantor's  obligations
hereunder for Liabilities arising prior to the effective termination date.

18. Binding  Effect.  Guarantor  cannot assign this Guaranty  without DFS' prior
written consent,  although DFS may assign its interest herein without notice to,
or  consent  from,  Guarantor.  This  Guaranty  will  protect  and bind DFS' and
Guarantor's respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns.

19. Notices. Except as otherwise stated herein, all notices, arbitration claims,
responses, requests and documents will be sufficiently given or served if mailed
or delivered: (a) to Guarantor at its address below; (b) to DFS at 655 Maryville
Centre Drive, St. Louis,  Missouri  63141-5832,  Attention:  General Counsel; or
such other address as the parties may specify from time to time in writing.

20.  Severability.  If any  provision  of this  Guaranty or its  application  is
invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Guaranty will not be impaired or
affected and will remain binding and enforceable.

21. Supplement.  If Guarantor and DFS have heretofore  executed other guaranties
or  agreements  in  connection  with  all or any  part of the  Collateral,  this
Guaranty 

                                       5
<PAGE>

shall  supplement  each and every other such guaranty and  agreement  previously
executed by and between Guarantor and DFS, and in that event this Guaranty shall
neither be deemed a  novation  nor a  termination  of such  previously  executed
guaranty  or  agreement  nor  shall  execution  of this  Guaranty  be  deemed  a
satisfaction of any obligation  secured by such previously  executed guaranty or
agreement.

22.  Receipt  of  Guaranty.  Guarantor  has read and  understood  all  terms and
provisions of this Guaranty.  Guarantor  acknowledges  receipt of a true copy of
this Guaranty and of all agreements  between DFS and Dealer. The meanings of all
terms  herein are equally  applicable  to both the  singular and plural forms of
such terms. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary: (a) DFS may rely on
any facsimile copy,  electronic data  transmission or electronic data storage of
this  Guaranty,   any  agreement  between  DFS  and  Dealer,  any  Statement  of
Transaction,  billing statement,  invoice from a vendor, financial statements or
other report,  and (b) such facsimile  copy,  electronic  data  transmission  or
electronic  data  storage  will be deemed  an  original,  and the best  evidence
thereof for all purposes,  including, without limitation, under this Guaranty or
any other agreement between DFS and Guarantor,  and for all evidentiary purposes
before any arbitrator, court or other adjudicatory authority.

23. NO ORAL  AGREEMENTS.  Oral  agreements or commitments to loan money,  extend
credit or to forbear from enforcing  repayment of a debt  including  promises to
extend or renew such debt are not enforceable. To protect Guarantor and DFS from
misunderstanding or disappointment,  any agreements  Guarantor and DFS or Dealer
and DFS reach covering such matters are contained in this Guaranty, an Agreement
for  Wholesale  Financing,  or another  agreement  between  Guarantor and DFS or
between Dealer and DFS, which  agreement(s)  is (are) the complete and exclusive
statement of the agreement between Guarantor and DFS and between Dealer and DFS,
except  as  specifically  provided  herein,  in such  other  agreement(s)  or as
Guarantor and DFS or Dealer and DFS may later agree in writing.

24.  Miscellaneous.   This  Guaranty  will  survive  any  federal  and/or  state
bankruptcy  or insolvency  action  involving  Dealer.  If DFS is required in any
action  involving  Dealer to  return or  rescind  any  payment  made to or value
received by DFS from or for the account of Dealer,  this Guaranty will remain in
full force and effect and will be automatically  reinstated  without any further
action by DFS and  notwithstanding  any  termination  of this  Guaranty  or DFS'
release  of  Guarantor.  Any delay or  failure  by DFS,  or DFS'  successors  or
assigns,  in exercising any of DFS' rights or remedies  hereunder will not waive
any such rights or remedies.  If Guarantor fails to pay any taxes, fees or other
obligations  which may impair DFS' interest in the Collateral,  or fails to keep
the Collateral  insured,  DFS may, but shall not be required to, pay such taxes,
fees or obligations and pay the cost to insure the  Collateral,  and the amounts
paid will be: (a) an additional  debt  directly owed by Guarantor to DFS,  which
shall be subject to finance  charges at the highest rate allowed by law; and (b)
due  and  payable  immediately  in  full.  Guarantor  agrees  to pay all of DFS'
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by DFS in enforcing DFS' rights
hereunder. The Section titles used in this Guaranty are for convenience only and
do not define or limit the contents of any Section.

25.     BINDING ARBITRATION.
        25.1  Arbitrable  Claims.  Except  as  otherwise  specified  below,  all
actions,  disputes,  claims and controversies under common law, statutory law or
in equity of any type or nature whatsoever (including,  without limitation,  all
torts,  whether  regarding  negligence,  breach of fiduciary duty,  restraint of
trade, fraud,  conversion,  duress,  interference,  wrongful replevin,  wrongful
sequestration,  fraud in the  inducement,  usury or any other tort, all contract
actions,  whether  regarding express or implied terms, such as implied covenants
of good faith, fair dealing, and the commercial reasonableness of any collateral
disposition,  or any  other  contract  claim,  all  claims  of  deceptive  trade
practices or lender liability,  and all claims questioning the reasonableness or
lawfulness  of any  act),  whether  arising  before  or  after  the date of this
Guaranty,  and whether  directly or  indirectly  relating to: (a) this  Guaranty
and/or  any  amendments  and  addenda 

                                       6
<PAGE>

hereto,  or the breach,  invalidity or termination  hereof;  (b) any previous or
subsequent  agreement between DFS and us; (c) any act committed by DFS or by any
parent company,  subsidiary or affiliated  company of DFS (the "DFS Companies"),
or by an employee,  agent, officer or director of a DFS Company,  whether or not
arising  within  the  scope  and  course  of  employment  or  other  contractual
representation  of the DFS  Companies  provided  that  such act  arises  under a
relationship,  transaction  or  dealing  between  DFS  and  Dealer  or  DFS  and
Guarantor; and/or (d) any other relationship,  transaction, dealing or agreement
between DFS and Dealer or DFS and Guarantor (collectively the "Disputes"),  will
be subject to and resolved by binding arbitration.

        25.2 Administrative Body. All arbitration hereunder will be conducted in
accordance  with The Commercial  Arbitration  Rules of The American  Arbitration
Association  ("AAA").  If the AAA is dissolved,  disbanded or becomes subject to
any state or federal  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  proceeding,  the parties  will
remain  subject to binding  arbitration  which will be  conducted  by a mutually
agreeable arbitral forum. The parties agree that all arbitrator(s) selected will
be attorneys with at least five (5) years secured transactions  experience.  The
arbitrator(s)  will decide if any inconsistency  exists between the rules of any
applicable  arbitral forum and the arbitration  provisions  contained herein. If
such  inconsistency  exists,  the arbitration  provisions  contained herein will
control and supersede such rules.  The site of all  arbitrations  will be in the
Division of the  Federal  Judicial  District  in which AAA  maintains a regional
office that is closest to Dealer.

        25.3  Discovery.  Discovery  permitted  in  any  arbitration  proceeding
commenced  hereunder is limited as follows: No later than thirty (30) days after
the  filing of a claim for  arbitration,  the  parties  will  exchange  detailed
statements  setting forth the facts  supporting the claim(s) and all defenses to
be raised during the arbitration,  and a list of all exhibits and witnesses.  No
later than twenty-one (21) days prior to the  arbitration  hearing,  the parties
will  exchange a final list of all exhibits  and all  witnesses,  including  any
designation  of  any  expert  witness(es)  together  with  a  summary  of  their
testimony; a copy of all documents and a detailed description of any property to
be  introduced  at  the  hearing.   Under  no  circumstances  will  the  use  of
interrogatories,   requests  for  admission,  requests  for  the  production  of
documents or the taking of  depositions be permitted.  However,  in the event of
the  designation of any expert  witness(es),  the following will occur:  (a) all
information  and  documents  relied  upon  by the  expert  witness(es)  will  be
delivered to the  opposing  party,  (b) the opposing  party will be permitted to
depose the expert  witness(es),  (c) the  opposing  party will be  permitted  to
designate rebuttal expert  witness(es),  and (d) the arbitration hearing will be
continued  to the earliest  possible  date that  enables the  foregoing  limited
discovery to be accomplished.

        25.4     Exemplary or Punitive  Damages.  The  Arbitrator(s)  will not 
have the  authority  to award  exemplary or punitive damages.

        25.5 Confidentiality of Awards. All arbitration  proceedings,  including
testimony or evidence at hearings, will be kept confidential, although any award
or order  rendered by the  arbitrator(s)  pursuant to the terms of this Guaranty
may be entered as a judgment  or order in any state or federal  court and may be
entered as a  judgment  or order  within the  federal  judicial  district  which
includes  the  residence  of the  party  against  whom  such  award or order was
entered.  This  Guaranty  concerns  transactions  involving  commerce  among the
several   states.   The  Federal   Arbitration   Act  ("FAA")  will  govern  all
arbitration(s) and confirmation proceedings hereunder.

        25.6  Prejudgment  and  Provisional  Remedies.  Nothing  herein  will be
construed  to  prevent  DFS' or  Guarantor's  use of  bankruptcy,  receivership,
injunction, repossession, replevin, claim and delivery, sequestration,  seizure,
attachment,  foreclosure,  dation and/or any other  prejudgment  or  provisional
action or remedy  relating to any collateral for any current or future debt owed
by either  party to the other.  Any such action or remedy will not waive DFS' or
Guarantor's right to compel arbitration of any Dispute.

                                       7
<PAGE>

        25.7 Attorneys'  Fees. If either Guarantor or DFS bring any other action
for judicial  relief with respect to any Dispute  (other than those set forth in
the  immediately  preceding  paragraph),  the party bringing such action will be
liable  for and  immediately  pay all of the other  party's  costs and  expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees) incurred to stay or dismiss such action and remove
or refer such Dispute to arbitration. If either Guarantor or DFS bring or appeal
an action to vacate or  modify  an  arbitration  award and such  party  does not
prevail, such party will pay all costs and expenses,  including attorneys' fees,
incurred by the other party in defending such action.

        25.8  Limitations.  Any arbitration  proceeding must be instituted:  (a)
with respect to any Dispute for the  collection of any debt owed by either party
to the other,  within two (2) years after the date the last payment was received
by the instituting party; and (b) with respect to any other Dispute,  within two
(2) years after the date the incident giving rise thereto  occurred,  whether or
not any damage was sustained or capable of ascertainment or either party knew of
such incident. Failure to institute an arbitration proceeding within such period
will  constitute an absolute bar and waiver to the institution of any proceeding
with respect to such Dispute.

        25.9     Survival After Termination.  The agreement to arbitrate will 
survive the termination of this Guaranty.

26.  INVALIDITY/UNENFORCEABILITY  OF BINDING  ARBITRATION.  IF THIS  GUARANTY IS
FOUND TO BE NOT SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION, ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO ANY
DISPUTE WILL BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT  JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE WITHOUT A
JURY. DFS AND GUARANTOR WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING.

27. Governing Law. Guarantor  acknowledges and agrees that this Guaranty and all
agreements between Dealer and DFS have been substantially  negotiated,  and will
be performed, in the state of Massachusetts.  Accordingly, Guarantor agrees that
all Disputes will be governed by, and construed in accordance  with, the laws of
such state,  except to the extent  inconsistent  with the  provisions of the FAA
which will control and govern all arbitration proceedings hereunder.

THIS GUARANTY CONTAINS BINDING ARBITRATION, JURY WAIVER AND PUNITIVE DAMAGES 
WAIVER PROVISIONS.

Date:  December 1, 1997

ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.

By:  /s/ Laurence F. Mulhern
[Print Name:  Laurence F. Mulhern   ]
Title:  CFO

By:
[Print Name:                       ]
Title:

Address of Guarantor(s):
10 Oceana Way
Norwood, MA  02062


                                       8




                                                                   Exhibit 10.20

                           EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT


         This Employee  Benefits  Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into as
of the  1st day of  August,  1997,  by and  between  Elcom  Systems,  Inc.  (the
"Company") and Peter McAree ("Employee").


                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, Employee is a key employee of the Company; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company  considers that  providing  Employee with certain
employment  benefits will operate as an incentive for Employee during the period
of this  Agreement,  during  which time Elcom  International,  Inc.,  the parent
corporation  of the Company  (the  "Parent")  may undergo a change in control or
ownership, or may cause a change in control or ownership of the Company; and

         WHEREAS, this Agreement is intended to provide benefits in the event of
a change in control or  ownership  of Parent or the Company  prior to January 1,
1999 (the "Expiration Date"); and

         WHEREAS, this Agreement is also intended to provide certain benefits in
the event of a termination of Employee under certain  circumstances prior to the
Expiration Date.

         NOW THEREFORE,  to induce Employee to remain productive,  and for other
good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the Company and Employee agree as follows:

         1.       Definitions.

          (a)  "Change of Control"  shall mean the  occurrence of any one of the
               following events:

               (i)  The  stockholders of the Parent or the Company approve (A) a
                    merger or  consolidation  of the Parent or the Company  with
                    any other corporation,  other than a merger or consolidation
                    which would result in the voting securities of the Parent or
                    the Company,  as applicable,  outstanding  immediately prior
                    thereto   continuing  to  represent   (either  by  remaining
                    outstanding or by being converted into voting  securities of
                    the surviving  entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the
                    combined voting power of the voting securities of the Parent
                    or the Company,  as  applicable,  or such  surviving  entity
                    outstanding  immediately after such merger or consolidation,
                    or (B) a plan of complete  liquidation  of the Parent or the
                    

                                       1
<PAGE>
                    
                    Company or an agreement for the sale or  disposition  by the
                    Parent or the Company of all or substantially all the assets
                    of the Parent or the Company to other than the Parent or any
                    of its subsidiaries; or

               (ii) During any period of one (1) year,  a majority  of the Board
                    of  Directors  of the  Parent  or the  Company  ceases to be
                    comprised  of  "Continuing   Directors,"   which  term,  for
                    purposes of this Subsection 1(a), shall mean individuals who
                    at  the  beginning  of  any  period  of one  (1)  year  (not
                    including  any period  which ended prior to the date of this
                    Agreement)  constitute  the  Board  and any new  director(s)
                    whose  election by the Board or  nomination  for election by
                    the Parent's or the Company's  stockholders,  as applicable,
                    was  approved  by a  vote  of at  least  a  majority  of the
                    directors  then still in office who either were directors at
                    the beginning of the period or whose  election or nomination
                    for election was previously so approved; or

             (iii)  Any "person" (as defined in Sections  13(d) and 14(d) of the
                    Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange
                    Act")) is or becomes the  "beneficial  owner" (as defined in
                    Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act),  directly or indirectly,
                    of securities  of the Parent or of the Company  representing
                    fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined  voting power of
                    such entity's then outstanding  securities;  provided that a
                    Change of  Control  shall not be deemed to occur  under this
                    clause (iii) by reason of the  acquisition  of securities by
                    the Parent,  the Company or an employee benefit plan (or any
                    trust  funding such a plan)  maintained by the Parent or the
                    Company.

         (b)      "Severance Payments" shall mean any payment or distribution of
                  compensation  or benefits  made  pursuant to Section 3 of this
                  Agreement.

         (c)      "Separation  Date" shall mean the date, if any, of termination
                  of Employee's employment relationship with the Company.

         (d)      "Voluntary Separation" shall mean the voluntary resignation by
                  Employee  from  employment  with  the  Company  other  than  a
                  voluntary  resignation  following  either of the following two
                  events:

                  (i)      any future reduction in Employee's base salary; or

                  (ii)     a future relocation of Employee's place of employment
                           which  results in an  increase  of  twenty-five  (25)
                           miles  or  more  in  the  distance  from   Employee's
                           residence to Employee's place of employment.

         (e)      "Termination   With  Cause"  shall  mean  any  termination  of
                  Employee  by the  Company  for  malfeasance,  insubordination,
                  theft,  fraud,  embezzlement,  

                                       2
<PAGE>

                    conviction  of a felony,  being under the  influence of
                    alcohol  or  unlawful  drugs  during  business  hours,   the
                    violation  of  Section 4 of this  Agreement  or of any other
                    agreement  with the  Company,  the removal of any  equipment
                    without the Company's written  permission,  the violation of
                    any  state  or  federal  law,  repeated   tardiness  without
                    acceptable  reasons  therefor,  and/or the failure to comply
                    with any of the Company's written policies and procedures.

         2.       Termination of Employee.

         (a)      Related  to Change  of  Control.  In the  event of  Employee's
                  termination of employment  with the Company within twelve (12)
                  months  following  the  date on which  there  is a  Change  of
                  Control of the Parent or of the Company, subject to Section 13
                  hereof,  the Company shall provide Employee with the Severance
                  Payments  outlined  in Section  3(a)(i)  and 3(b),  unless the
                  termination  is  a  Termination  With  Cause  or  a  Voluntary
                  Separation.

         (b)      Upon Certain Other  Terminations.  In the event that no Change
                  of Control of the Parent or the Company has  occurred  and the
                  Company terminates Employee's employment relationship prior to
                  the Expiration Date,  unless such termination is a Termination
                  With Cause,  subject to Section 13 hereof,  the Company  shall
                  provide  Employee  with the  Severance  Payments  outlined  in
                  Section 3(a)(ii) and 3(b).

         (c)      No  Duplication.  In no event  shall  Employee  be entitled to
                  receive benefits or Severance Payments under both Section 2(a)
                  and Section 2(b) hereof.

         3.       Severance Payments.

         (a)      Compensation.

                  (i)      Related  to Change  of  Control.  In the  event  that
                           Employee is entitled to Severance  Payments  pursuant
                           to the terms of Section  2(a),  the Company shall pay
                           Employee  an amount  equal to twelve (12) months base
                           salary  as of the  Separation  Date,  without  giving
                           effect to any future  reduction  in base salary prior
                           to the Separation  Date,  payable in accordance  with
                           the provisions of Section 13 hereof.

                  (ii)     Upon Certain  Other  Terminations.  In the event that
                           Employee is entitled to Severance  Payments  pursuant
                           to the terms of Section  2(b),  the Company shall pay
                           Employee  an amount  equal to twelve (12) months base
                           salary  as of the  Separation  Date,  without  giving
                           effect to any future  reduction  in base salary prior
                           to the Separation  Date,  payable in accordance  with
                           the provisions of Section 13 hereof.

                  (iii)    Payment  of  Compensation.   Subject  to  Section  13
                           hereof,  such  payments  shall be made in  accordance
                           with the Company's  normal payroll  practices 

                                       3
<PAGE>

                        as such practices shall be in effect from time to 
                        time, provided,  however, that the Company may elect 
                        to accelerate payments required under this Section 3(a).

         (b)      Employee  Benefits.  In the event that Employee is entitled to
                  Severance  Payments  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  Section  2,
                  Employee shall be entitled to the following benefits,  subject
                  to Section 13 hereof:

                  (i)      Vacation.  Any accrued  vacation  pay due but not yet
                           taken  at  the  Separation  Date  shall  be  paid  to
                           Employee   within  thirty  (30)  days  following  the
                           Separation Date.

                 (ii)    Health Benefits. If Employee participated in any health
                         benefit  plan  in  effect   immediately  prior  to  the
                         Separation  Date,  and if  Employee  elects to continue
                         participating  in such  plan  pursuant  to the terms of
                         said  plan  and  the   Comprehensive   Omnibus   Budget
                         Reconciliation Act ("COBRA"), the Company shall pay for
                         its  normal   portion   of  the  costs  of   Employee's
                         participation  in such  plan from the  Separation  Date
                         until  the  earlier  of:  (a) the  date  which is three
                         months  following the Separation  Date; or (b) the date
                         of Employee's  eligibility  in any health  benefit plan
                         offered by Employee's  new employer,  if any.  Employee
                         shall notify the Company in writing  within thirty (30)
                         days of any new employment.

                  (iii)    Retirement   and   Benefit   Plans.   Notwithstanding
                           anything   in  this   Agreement   to  the   contrary,
                           Employee's rights in any retirement,  pension,  stock
                           option or profit-sharing  plans offered by the Parent
                           or the Company shall be governed by the rules of such
                           plans as well as by applicable law.

                  (iv)     Outplacement  Assistance.  The Company  will  provide
                           Employee   up  to  two  (2)   months  of   employment
                           outplacement   services   with   a   Company-selected
                           service.

         4. Continuing Obligations. In order to induce the Company to enter into
this Agreement,  Employee hereby agrees that all documents, records, techniques,
business  secrets  and  other   information  which  have  come  into  Employee's
possession  from time to time  during  Employee's  continued  employment  by the
Company  or  which  may  come  into  Employee's   possession  during  Employee's
employment hereunder,  shall be deemed to be confidential and proprietary to the
Company,  and Employee  further agrees to retain in confidence any  confidential
information known to Employee concerning the Company, the Parent, any subsidiary
of the Parent,  and their  respective  businesses so long as such information is
not publicly disclosed.  Employee further agrees to cooperate fully as requested
from time to time by the Company's  Board of Directors or Company  Management in
connection with any transaction  involving the possible sale of the Parent or of
the Company.  Employee  further agrees not to speak about a possible sale of the
Parent or of the Company  with or  otherwise  respond to requests to or from any
third  parties  involving  the  possible  sale of the Parent or of the  Company,
unless  specifically  

                                       4
<PAGE>

authorized  to do so by the  Company.  The  obligations  of Employee  under this
Section 4 shall be in addition to, and shall not limit,  any other obligation of
Employee  to the  Company  with  respect  to the  matters  set  forth  herein or
otherwise.

         5.  Assignments  and Transfers.  Employee agrees that Employee will not
assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or
involuntarily,  or by  operation of law,  any rights or  obligations  under this
Agreement,  nor shall Employee's  rights be subject to encumbrance or the claims
of creditors.  Any purported  assignment  shall be null and void. This Agreement
shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee's personal or legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devisees and legatees.  This Agreement  shall be binding upon and shall inure to
the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns, and the Company shall
require any  successor or assign to  expressly  assume and agree to perform this
Agreement  in the same manner and to the same  extent that the Company  would be
required to perform it if no such  succession  or  assignment  had taken  place,
except no  assumption  shall be  required  if this  Agreement  is  automatically
assumed by operation of law. The term "the Company" as used herein shall include
such  successors and assigns.  The term  "successors and assigns" as used herein
shall  include  a  corporation  or other  entity  acquiring  at least 51% of the
outstanding  shares of the Company or all or substantially all of the assets and
business of the Company.

         6.  Notices.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices and all other
communications  provided  for herein  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to
have been duly  given and  received  when  delivered,  including  by a  national
overnight  courier  service  or when  mailed  by  United  States  registered  or
certified mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage  prepaid,  addressed to the
Company at:

                           Elcom Systems, Inc.
                           10 Oceana Way
                           Norwood, Massachusetts 02062
                           Attn: Chief Financial Officer

  and to Employee at:

                           Peter McAree
                           17 Blackthorne Circle
                           Hopkinton, MA  01748

or such  address as either  party may have  furnished to the other in writing in
accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective
only upon receipt.

         7.  Governing  Law.  The  validity,  interpretation,  construction  and
performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the  Commonwealth
of Massachusetts.

         8. At-Will  Employment.  At the present time,  the Company and Employee
have, and will continue to have, an at-will  employment  relationship.  That is,
either party can terminate  the  

                                       5

<PAGE>

employment  relationship for any reason at any time.  Nothing  contained in this
Agreement  shall  be  interpreted  to amend or  alter  this  at-will  employment
relationship.

         9. Entire  Agreement.  The terms of this  Agreement are intended by the
parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to Employee's
severance benefits and supersedes any previous or contemporaneous agreements.

         10. Amendments;  Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified,  amended,
or terminated  except by an  instrument in writing,  signed by Employee and by a
duly authorized representative of the Company other than Employee. No failure to
exercise and no delay in exercising any right,  remedy, or power hereunder shall
operate as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any single or partial  exercise  of any
right, remedy, or power hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof
or the exercise of any other right,  remedy,  or power provided herein or by law
or in equity.

         11. Severability;  Enforcement.  If any provision of this Agreement, or
the application thereof to any person, place or circumstance, shall be held by a
court of  competent  jurisdiction  to be invalid,  unenforceable,  or void,  the
remainder of this  Agreement and such  provisions  as applied to other  persons,
places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding
any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary,  if Employee breaches any
term of this  Agreement,  the Company may  immediately  cease  making  Severance
Payments.

         12. Arbitration. The parties agree to submit any unresolved substantial
dispute arising under this Agreement to arbitration.  Arbitration  shall be by a
single arbitrator in the Norwood,  Massachusetts area experienced in the matters
at issue selected by the Company and Employee in accordance  with the commercial
arbitration rules of the American Arbitration  Association.  The decision of the
arbitrator  shall be final and binding as to any matter submitted to arbitration
under this  Agreement.  All costs and expenses  incurred in connection  with any
such  arbitration  proceeding  shall  be  borne by the  party  against  whom the
decision is rendered as provided by the arbitrator.

         13. Release.  As a condition to and in consideration for the receipt of
Severance  Payments  to which  Employee  may be  entitled  pursuant to Section 3
hereof,  Employee  agrees to execute a Release  Agreement  with the Company,  in
substantially  the same form as that attached  hereto as Exhibit A (the "Release
Agreement"),  within  the  30-day  period  beginning  21 days  after  Employee's
Separation  Date.  The  Company  shall not be  obligated  to make any  Severance
Payments  unless and until the  Company  shall  have  received  from  Employee a
validly executed Release  Agreement that shall not have been revoked by Employee
during the applicable  Revocation  Period as such term is defined in the Release
Agreement,  in compliance with applicable  law.  Provided that Company  receives
from Employee a validly executed  Release  Agreement which is not revoked during
the applicable  Revocation  Period,  the Company  agrees to commence  making any
Severance Payments theretofore withheld within 30 days of the expiration of such
Revocation Period.


                                       6
<PAGE>

         14.  Expiration Date. This Agreement shall be null and void if an event
which would entitle  Employee to Severance  Payments does not occur on or before
the Expiration Date.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have caused  this  Agreement  to be
executed and delivered as of the day and year set forth above.


                                           ELCOM SYSTEMS, INC.

                                           ("Company")



                                           By  /s/ Robert J. Crowell
                                           Robert J. Crowell
                                           Chairman and Chief Executive Officer



                                           By  /s/ Peter McAree
                                           Peter McAree
                                           ("Employee")


                                       7

<PAGE>




                                RELEASE AGREEMENT


         This  Release  Agreement  (the  "Agreement")  is entered into as of the
Effective  Date of the  Agreement  stated on the  signature  page below,  by and
between Elcom Systems, Inc. (the "Company") and Peter McAree ("Employee").


                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, Employee and the Company have entered into a Employee Benefits
Agreement dated as of August 1, 1997 (the "Employee Benefits Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  Employee is entitled to certain  benefits  under the Employee
Benefits Agreement,  pursuant to Section 13 of which payment of such benefits is
made conditional  upon and in consideration  for Employee's valid execution of a
Release  Agreement,  all as more completely  described in the Employee  Benefits
Agreement.  (Capitalized  terms not  otherwise  defined  herein  shall  have the
meaning ascribed to them in the Employee Benefits Agreement.)

         NOW  THEREFORE,  to induce the Company to make the  Severance  Payments
pursuant to the  Employee  Benefits  Agreement,  and for other good and valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
Company and Employee agree as follows:

         1.  Release.  Employee  does hereby,  for  Employee and for  Employee's
heirs,  executors,  successors  and assigns,  release and forever  discharge the
Company,  Elcom  International,  Inc.,  the parent  corporation  of the  Company
("Elcom"),  and the subsidiaries,  divisions and affiliated businesses of either
the  Company  or  Elcom,  together  with  all  of  their  officers,   directors,
management,   representatives,   employees,  shareholders,  agents,  successors,
assigns, attorneys and other affiliated persons, both known and unknown, in both
their personal and agency capacities  (collectively,  the  "Releasees"),  of and
from any and all claims, demands, actions or causes of action, damages, or suits
at law or equity, of whatsoever kind or nature,  including,  but not limited to,
all claims and/or demands for back pay,  reinstatement,  hire or re-hire,  front
pay,  group  insurance  or employee  benefits of  whatsoever  kind (except as to
rights expressly  provided for herein and in the Employee  Benefits  Agreement),
claims for monies and/or expenses,  any claims arising out of or relating to the
cessation of Employee's  employment  with the Company,  the sale of the stock or
assets of the Company or of Elcom,  any claims for failing to obtain  employment
at any other  company or with any other person or employer,  and/or  demands for
attorneys'  fees and legal  expenses  that Employee has or may have by reason of
any matter or thing  arising out of, or in any way connected  with,  directly or
indirectly,  any act and/or  omission  that has occurred  prior to the Effective
Date of Agreement  (as  hereinafter  defined).  Employee  further  agrees not to
directly or indirectly  pursue or initiate any action or legal proceeding of any
kind against the Releasees  arising out of or related to the claims  released in
the preceding  sentence of this Section 1, or the sale of the stock or assets of
the  Company  or Elcom 

                                     Page 1

<PAGE>

and also  waives  any  right to  recover  as a  result  of any such  proceedings
initiated on Employee's behalf.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee and the
Company  agree  and  acknowledge  that  this  Release  shall  not  apply  to the
obligations  of the Company  arising  solely  under this  Agreement or under the
Employee Benefits Agreement.

         2. ADEA.  Employee  recognizes and understands  that, by executing this
Agreement,  employee  shall be releasing the  Releasees  from any and all claims
that Employee now has, or subsequently may have, under the Age Discrimination in
Employment Act of 1967, 19 U.S.C. ss.ss.621 et seq., as amended (the "ADEA"), by
reason of any  matter or thing  arising  out of, or in any way  connected  with,
directly or indirectly,  any acts or omissions  which have occurred prior to and
including the Effective Date of this  Agreement.  In other words,  Employee will
have none of the legal rights against the aforementioned Releasees that Employee
would have had otherwise  under federal age  discrimination  law by signing this
Agreement.

         3. "Consideration  Period." The Company hereby notifies Employee of his
right to consult with  Employee's  chosen legal counsel  before  executing  this
Agreement.  The Company shall afford, and Employee acknowledges  receiving,  not
less than  twenty-one  (21) calendar days in which to consider this Agreement to
insure that Employee's execution of this Agreement is knowing and voluntary.  In
signing below,  Employee  expressly  acknowledges that Employee has had at least
twenty-one (21) days to consider this Agreement and that Employee's execution of
same is with full knowledge of the consequences thereof and is of Employee's own
free will.

         4.  Revocation  Period.  Employee and the Company  agree and  recognize
that, for a period of seven (7) calendar days following  Employee's execution of
this Agreement (the "Revocation Period"),  Employee may revoke this Agreement by
providing  written notice revoking the same,  within the Revocation  Period,  to
Elcom Systems,  Inc., 10 Oceana Way, Norwood,  Massachusetts  02602, Attn: Chief
Financial   Officer.   Such  revocation  of  this  Agreement  by  Employee  will
automatically  revoke  the  Severance  Payments  provided  for in  the  Employee
Benefits  Agreement  and  Employee  will not be  entitled  to any of the amounts
described therein.

                                     Page 2
<PAGE>



         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Employee  and the  Company  have  executed  this
Agreement effective and binding as of the Effective Date.


       Date of Execution by Employee
          "Effective Date of Agreement" is          AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY
           the 8th calendar day after this Date       EMPLOYEE

                                                    Peter McAree

                                                    Execution witnessed by:




         Date of Execution by the Company           AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED BY
                                                     THE COMPANY

                                                    ELCOM SYSTEMS, INC.

                                                    By:
                                                    Its:

                                                    Execution witnessed by:






- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Date of Receipt by Employee                RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED BY
                                                      EMPLOYEE


                                                    Peter McAree

                                                    Receipt witnessed by:



                                     Page 3






                                                                 Exhibit 10.22

                     First Amendment To Employment Agreement

         THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT (the "Amendment") is made
as of the 5th day of November 1997, by and between Elcom International,  Inc., a
Delaware  corporation  with its  principal  place of business at Ten Oceana Way,
Norwood,  Massachusetts 02062 ("Elcom" or the "Company"),  and James Rousou (the
"Executive").

         WITNESSETH:

                  WHEREAS,  the  Executive  and the Company have entered into an
Employment  Agreement as of April 1, 1996 (the "Original Agreement" and together
with this Amendment,  the  "Agreement"),  which the parties recognize has become
somewhat out of date; and

                  WHEREAS, the Executive is considered a key employee of the 
Company; and

                  WHEREAS,  it is the desire of the  Company and  Executive,  in
order to insure Executive's  continued employment with the Company, to amend the
existing employment agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the mutual promises and
covenants contained herein, the Company and the Executive agree as follows:

                  The  Sections  numbered  1, 2, 3, 5B,  5E, 7 and 14 are hereby
deleted in their  entirety  from the Original  Agreement  and replaced  with the
sections of this Amendment that are  correspondingly  numbered.  Certain of such
deleted  sections have been combined with other  sections of this Amendment and,
accordingly,  have not been  separately  replaced.  References  in the  Original
Agreement to Sections deleted  therefrom shall be deemed to be references to the
specific   replacement  Section  and/or  the  contextually   consistent  Section
contained in this

                                      -1-
<PAGE>


                                                   
Amendment. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning
ascribed to them in the Original Agreement.

         1.  Duties.  The  Company  hereby  employs  Executive  to  be  Co-Chief
Executive Officer of Catalink Direct, Inc. ("Catalink"), and Corporate Executive
Vice  President of the  Company.  Executive  shall report  directly to Robert J.
Crowell as the Chairman of Catalink  and in addition,  as the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Elcom International,  Inc. ("Chairman").  During the course
of his employment,  Executive shall have  responsibility to perform such duties,
consistent  with  such  position,  as  generally  described  below and as may be
assigned to him by the Chairman and/or Board of Directors of the Company. During
the Employment  Period,  Executive  agrees to devote full business time and best
efforts  to the  business  activities  and  welfare  of the  Company  except  as
otherwise mutually agreed.

         The Company  recognizes  that the  Executive  can perform a significant
amount of his  duties  via  telephone  and  electronic  mail from any  location;
however, as Executive has requested that he be allowed to travel between various
Company locations in the U.S., U.K., and his new home in Guernsey,  his business
travel  schedule might result in a higher than normal  proportion of travel time
impinging  the  Executive's  work week. If this occurs,  Executive  agrees that,
following  any work week where  such  abnormal  travel  time has  occurred,  the
Executive  shall  report the  amount of such time via  electronic  mail,  by the
Wednesday of the following  week.  The Chairman  shall then, at his  discretion,
have the ability to allocate  such time  against  Executive's  accrued  vacation
time,  or if  vacation  time is not  available,  the  Chairman  may, at his sole
discretion, decrease Executive's next payment of base salary pro-rata to reflect
the amount of such abnormal travel time.

         Executive   shall   have   Co-Chief    Executive   Officer   ("Co-CEO")
responsibilities  for Catalink with Robert J. Crowell, who is also the Chairman.
These  responsibilities  will include line  responsibilities for Catalink's U.K.
and U.S. operations,  subject to consent where appropriate with the Chairman, on
any significant issues relating to Catalink's U.S. sales or operations. 

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

When the Executive cannot be reached in a timely fashion, the Chairman shall use
his  judgment  as to  what,  if  any,  action  should  be  taken  in any  set of
circumstances.

         Executive  is  aware  that  the  Company  is  currently  conducting  an
executive  search  for a  President  and  CEO  for  Catalink  (U.S.).  Executive
understands that when said search is successfully completed,  Executive's duties
and  responsibilities  will change,  as defined by the  Chairman  who, as in the
Original  Agreement,  reserves the right to reassign  duties of the Executive as
appropriate or necessary except that Executive's business location or work place
may not be changed to any location (other than the  Executive's  then main place
of employment) without the Executive's consent. It is currently  anticipated the
search for a new  President  and CEO for  Catalink  (U.S.) will be  completed by
April 15, 1998.  Upon completion of the search and hiring of a new President and
CEO for Catalink (U.S.),  Executive will fully cooperate with the  transitioning
of his U.S. responsibilities to the new President and CEO of Catalink (U.S.). As
of April 15, 1998, or such other date that may be mutually  agreed to in writing
between the Executive and the Chairman (the "Change Date"), Executive will cease
to be the  President  and Co-CEO of  Catalink  and will  continue as a Corporate
Executive   Vice   President   of  the  Company.   At  such  time,   Executive's
responsibilities will initially be to direct and review the strategies, policies
and operational performance of Catalink's non-U.S. operations.

         2. Term. This Amendment is effective as of December 15, 1997 and covers
the period through December 31, 1998 and will  automatically  renew each January
1, for another  calendar year unless the  Executive or the Company  notifies the
other  party no later  than six (6) months  prior to the end of each  employment
year (ending December 31st), that such party is terminating the Agreement. After
an acquisition or merger where the Company is not the surviving  entity or where
the Company is the surviving  entity but in which the Company's  stockholders at
the  time of the  merger  cease  to own 50% or more of the  surviving  company's
voting capital stock after the merger, Executive, upon six (6) months notice may
terminate the Agreement,  and the Agreement shall terminate six months from such
notice date (or such later date as  specified  in such  notice)  whereupon,  the
duties of the Company and the Executive,  one to the other, under this Agreement
shall  terminate,  except  that the  provisions  of Sections 9 through 

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

13 hereof shall survive any such termination;  except in the case of termination
for "Good  Reason" as  described in Section 7, which shall occur as provided for
in that  Section.  In order to  assure  the  Company  that it has  access to the
Executive's  significant  expertise  and  knowledge  base,  within five (5) days
thereafter,  the  Company  and  the  Executive  shall  enter  into a  Consulting
Agreement  providing for Executive's  specified  availability for a two (2) year
period  for  $40,000  per  year  pursuant  to the form of  Consulting  Agreement
attached hereto as Exhibit A.

         3. Salary.  During the course of employment (the "Employment  Period"),
the Company  will pay  Executive  for his  performance  of the duties  specified
herein an annual base salary of at least $300,000 per year payable in the manner
that the Company  normally  pays its employees  until the Change Date.  From and
after the  Change  Date,  Executive's  base  salary  will  continue  based  upon
Executive's  time  commitment  and  duties,  and  is  initially  expected  to be
approximately $120,000 per year.

         5.       Benefits.

                  B.  Additional  Compensation.  Executive  shall be eligible to
participate in the Company's Executive Profit Performance Bonus Program ("EPPB")
during his employment.  The extent of  participation  is subject to the terms of
the EPPB and shall be determined by the Compensation  Committee of the Company's
Board of Directors for each year (1998  participation level has been set at 8.8%
of the  bonus  pool,  if  any).  Executive's  participation  in the  EPPB  shall
supersede his  participation in any existing bonus plan(s).  The Executive shall
also be eligible to  participate  in  incentive,  deferred  compensation,  stock
option,  supplemental retirement and any other similar plans, if any, maintained
by the Company for the benefit of its executives  generally,  in accordance with
the  eligibility  and other  terms  thereof  and at the  discretion  and written
approval of the Board of Directors and/or the Compensation Committee thereof.

                  E. Payment of  Compensation.  The annual Base Salary described
in Section 3 hereof shall be paid  throughout  the term of this Agreement in the
same  manner  and at the same  times as the  Company  pays its other  personnel,
subject to the following:

                  i.      Such  compensation  shall not  terminate,  but  rather
                          shall be payable to the extent of two times the amount
                          of the Executive's then applicable annual 

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                         Base Salary,  upon the Executive's  death or disability
                         as  described  in  Section  6A  and  B  of  this  
                         Agreement, respectively; and

                  ii.     Such compensation  shall terminate upon either (a) the
                          Executive's  resignation  other than for "Good Reason"
                          in the circumstances described in Section 7 hereof, or
                          (b) the termination of the  Executive's  employment by
                          the Company  "For Cause" as described in Section 6E of
                          this Agreement; and

                  iii.    Such  compensation  shall not  terminate,  but  rather
                          shall be payable to the extent of two times the amount
                          of the Executive's then applicable annual Base Salary,
                          in a lump sum  within  ten (10)  days of  termination,
                          upon either (a) the Executive's  resignation for "Good
                          Reason" in the circumstances described in Section 7 of
                          this   Agreement,   or  (b)  the  termination  of  the
                          Executive's  employment by the Company other than "For
                          Cause" (as described in Section 6E hereof); and

                    iv.  Except in the case of (a)  Executive's  termination For
                         Cause (as described in Section 6E of this Agreement) or
                         (b)  Executive's   resignation  other  than  for  "Good
                         Reason" (as described in Section 7 of this  Agreement),
                         Executive  shall  have the  choice  of  exercising  all
                         vested  stock  options up to the longer of (i) one year
                         after  his  termination  of  employment,  or  (ii)  the
                         exercise period following such termination provided for
                         in the applicable option agreement,  provided that this
                         provision   shall  not   extend  the  term  of  any  of
                         Executive's  options  beyond  their  term as  initially
                         granted  and this  provision  shall  only  apply to the
                         extent  the  Company  can  cause  such  post-employment
                         exercise to be allowed (including following the request
                         of the Compensation  Committee to permit such exercise)
                         pursuant to the Company's  Stock Option  Plan(s) and/or
                         the   comparable   provision  of  any  future  plan  or
                         agreement; and

                    v.   Except in the case of (a)  Executive's  termination For
                         Cause (as described in Section 6E of this Agreement) or
                         (b)  Executive's   resignation  other  than  for  "Good
                         Reason" (as described in Section 7 of this  Agreement),
                         Executive  shall  have the  right  to have the  Company
                         maintain  in  full  force  and  effect,  following  the
                         cessation of the Executive's  active  employment by the
                         Company,  so long as the  Company  is paying  monies to
                         Executive, all employee medical, dental or other fringe
                         benefit plans and  arrangements  in which Executive was
                         entitled to participate  immediately  prior to the date
                         of Notice of  Termination  as in effect under Section 5
                         hereof at the time of such  termination,  provided that
                         if such  continued  coverage  would  jeopardize the tax
                         qualified  status  of  such  plan or  arrangement  with
                         respect  to any  other  employee  or the  Company,  the
                         Company  may  elect  to  provide  said  benefit  on  an
                         individual   basis   or   provide   cash   compensation
                         equivalent  

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

                         to the benefit which  otherwise  would have
                         been  provided,  so that the Executive  shall suffer no
                         financial loss whatsoever due to such substitution.

         In the event that  payments  are due to  Executive  pursuant to Section
5E(i)  hereof  then the  Company  shall pay fifty  percent  (50%) of such amount
(determined by reference to his Base Salary as set forth in Section 2 hereof) on
a monthly  basis and in equal  payment  amounts  through the date that is twelve
monthly  payments  thereafter  (irrespective  of the then remaining term of this
Agreement)  and  fifty  percent  (50%) of such  amount  within  ten (10) days of
termination. In the event that payments are due to Executive pursuant to Section
5E(i) or 5E(iii)  hereof then the Company shall also provide the Executive  with
full  participation  (without  proration) in the EPPB (if applicable) or similar
applicable plan for that year if Executive's  termination of Employment is on or
after March 1 of the respective  fiscal year (which amount, if any, will be paid
in  accordance  with the terms of the EPPB) and the  Company  will also  provide
Executive with full  participation in any other applicable  performance award if
the  performance   measuring   period  ends  within  six  months  following  his
termination of employment.

         Except for provision 5.E.iv hereof,  nothing in this Agreement shall be
construed as amending any fringe benefit plan of the Company.  All rights of the
Executive  under  any  such  plans  or  arrangements  upon  his  termination  of
employment  must be determined  under the terms of such plans or arrangements at
the time of the  Executive's  termination  of  employment.  Executive  expressly
agrees not to discuss,  except with his official  advisors,  any  information or
aspects of his employment regarding the Company or his termination circumstances
and  further,  in  addition  to the Company  immediately  canceling  any and all
remaining  severance  payments,  agrees that injunctive relief may be granted in
connection with any violation of this covenant. 

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

Notwithstanding  any of the other  provisions  of Sections 6A, 6B and/or 6D, the
Company's obligations to make payments under the circumstances set forth in this
Section 5E shall override Section 6.

         7.  Involuntary  Termination  Other Than For Cause or  Termination  for
"Good  Reason".  If  the  Executive's  employment  with  the  Company  shall  be
terminated  during the Employment  Period by the Company other than For Cause or
Death or  Disability  (as defined in Section 6B);  then the  Executive  shall be
entitled to the severance benefits provided in Section 5E. If within twelve (12)
months after an  acquisition  or merger  where the Company is not the  surviving
entity or where the Company is the  surviving  entity but in which the Company's
stockholders at the time of the merger cease to own 50% or more of the surviving
company's  voting  capital  stock after the merger,  the  Executive  voluntarily
leaves the employ of the Company during the Employment  Period for "Good Reason"
as hereinafter defined, Executive shall be entitled to the payments specified in
Section 5E but shall not be entitled to any Consulting Agreement as described in
Section 2. "Good Reason" means the  occurrence of any reduction in the aggregate
direct remuneration of the Executive or any reduction in the position, authority
or office of the Executive, any reduction in the Executive's responsibilities or
duties with the Company or any  reduction in the  Executive's  support  staff or
direct or  secondary  reports,  any  pattern  of events or  circumstances  which
impedes the Executive in the exercise of his authorities,  powers,  functions or
duties  hereunder in the manner in which they would normally be exercised by the
Co-Chief  Executive  Officer of a major  corporation  that was a subsidiary of a
public  company,  any adverse  change or  reduction in the  aggregate  Executive
benefits,  perquisites  or fringe  benefits  provided to the Executive as of the
date of this Agreement  (provided that any reduction in such aggregate Executive
benefits,  perquisites  or fringe  benefits  that is  required by law or applies
generally to all employees of the Company shall not constitute  "Good Reason" as
defined  hereunder),  a change in the Executive's  reporting  relationship,  any
relocation  of the  Executive's  principal  place of work with the  Company to a
place more than twenty-five (25) miles from Catalink's  Langley facility or such
other facility to which the Executive, with the approval of the Chairman, has in
the future relocated the Company's U.K. headquarters (as applicable), or default
by the Company 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

of any of its agreements or obligations  under any provision of this  Agreement.
Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Section 7, the definition of Good Reason
shall not include a change in  Executive's  role to that of  President  and CEO,
Managing  Director,  or similar title of only Catalink  Direct,  Inc.'s non-U.S.
operations,  which would be in connection with the employment of a new President
and Chief Executive  Officer of Catalink Direct,  Inc. (U.S.) as contemplated in
Section 1 hereof. The Executive shall give sixty (60) days written notice to the
Company before the date of termination of employment for Good Reason  specifying
the reasons for such termination.

         14.  Clarification  of  Noncompetition  and  Nonsolicitation   Periods.
Notwithstanding the definitions  contained in the Original Agreement,  the terms
"Noncompetition Period" and "Nonsolicitation  Period" shall mean and shall refer
only to the two (2) year period commencing on the date of Executive's  cessation
of employment  with the Company for whatever reason and such two (2) year period
shall be the only time period  during which  Executive  shall be subject to such
restrictive covenants.

         Executive and the Company agree that other than as specifically amended
in this  Amendment the Original  Agreement is hereby  ratified and confirmed and
continues in full force and effect.

                                            "Company"
"Executive"                                 Elcom International, Inc.


/s/ James Rousou                            /s/ Robert J. Crowell
James Rousou                                Robert J. Crowell
                                            Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


                                      -8-
<PAGE>

                                                                      Ehibit A

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

                  THIS AGREEMENT is made this ____ day of _______,  ____between 
ELCOM INTERNATIONAL,  INC., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  and JAMES
ROUSOU, an individual (the "Consultant").

                                    RECITALS:

                  A.  Pursuant to an Employment  Agreement  dated as of April 1,
1996 and  Amended  effective  December  15, 1997 (the  "Employment  Agreement"),
Consultant  is the Co-Chief  Executive  Officer of Catalink  Direct,  Inc. and a
Corporate Executive Vice President of the Company.

                  B.  Consultant  is a key  employee  of  the  Company  and  has
obtained  valuable  knowledge and experience  pertaining to the sale of personal
computer  products and services (the  "Business")  of the Company,  specifically
including  the  financing  of  such   Business,   acquisition   strategies   and
implementation and management information systems ("Areas of Expertise").

                  C. In order to assure  that the Company  continues  to receive
the benefit of Consultant's knowledge and expertise following the termination of
his  employment  with the Company,  the parties hereto desire to enter into this
Agreement pursuant to Section 2 of the Employment Agreement.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of and in reliance upon the
mutual benefits provided hereunder,  the Company and the Consultant hereby agree
as follows:

                  1.  Services.  For the two (2) year period  commencing  on the
date that Consultant terminates the Employment Agreement, in accordance with the
terms of the second  sentence  of Section 2 of the  Employment  Agreement,  (the
"Consulting  Period"),  the Consultant shall serve as a management and financial
consultant  to the Company.  As such,  Consultant  shall make himself  generally
available  to the  Company  between the hours of 9:00 a.m.  and 5:00 p.m.,  U.K.
time, on the first Monday of each month during the Consulting Period for a total
of eight (8) hours per month,  to render  such advice and  assistance  regarding
day-to-day  operations  of the  Business,  relationships  with  and  service  to
existing customers,  development of new accounts,  strategic planning, financial
matters and other  matters  within his Areas of Expertise as may  reasonably  be
requested of him by the Company.  Consultant  agrees to provide such services in
person at any  location of the Company  located  within  fifty (50) miles of the
facility in Langley, U.K. (or its replacement facility), or otherwise shall make
himself  available by telephone.  Further,  the Company and Consultant  shall be
entitled to mutually agree on alternative  times and/or places for the provision
of such services to the extent that mutually  satisfactory  arrangements  can be
made.


<PAGE>



                  2.       Restrictive Covenants.

                           2.1    Noncompetition. Consultant agrees that during
(the  "Noncompetition  Period")  the period  commencing  on the date  hereof and
continuing so long as Consultant receives payments under this Agreement, he will
not,  without  prior  written  consent of the  Chairman of the  Company,  either
directly or indirectly, in any capacity whatsoever, (a) compete with the Company
(which for purposes of Sections  2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this  Agreement  shall mean
the  Company  and any  affiliates  controlling,  controlled  by or under  common
control  with  Elcom  International,  Inc.  including  their  predecessors),  by
soliciting the sale of personal computer products (such as computers,  printers,
monitors,  software,  etc.)  to  any  customer  (including  affiliates  of  such
customer) of the Company by whatever method or (b) operate,  control, advise, be
employed  and/or  engaged by,  perform any  consulting  services for,  invest in
(other  than the  purchase  of no more than 5  percent  of the  publicly  traded
securities  of a  company  whose  securities  are  traded  on a  national  stock
exchange) or otherwise  become  associated  with,  any person,  company or other
entity who or which, at any time during the Noncompetition Period, competes with
the Company via the use of an electronic ordering methodology as defined herein.

                           As used in clause (b) above,  "compete" is defined as
the  marketing,  distribution  or sale of  desktop,  laptop,  notebook  or other
commonly called "personal computer" equipment,  software, services,  peripherals
or  accessories  by  any  company  or  entity  or  subdivision  thereof  in  the
geographical  area in which the Company  maintains  offices,  sales  agents,  or
otherwise  conducts business.  The Consultant  further expressly  represents and
understands  that this Agreement will prohibit the  Consultant  from  employment
during the  Noncompetition  Period with companies that compete with the Company,
as  defined  in  this  Agreement,  and  as  such,  will  constrain  some  of the
Consultant's  overall  possibilities  for  future  employment.  By  Consultant's
signature to this Agreement,  Consultant expressly represents that his training,
education and background are such that his ability to earn a living shall not be
impaired by the restriction in this Agreement.  The definition of compete can be
modified by mutually agreed addendum,  if and when the Company enters additional
types or lines of businesses.

                           2.2      Nondisclosure. Consultant agrees during the
ten year period (the  "Nondisclosure  Period")  commencing on the date of this
Agreement  to hold as secret and  confidential  (unless  disclosure  is required
pursuant to court order, subpoena, in a governmental proceeding, arbitration, or
pursuant  to  other  requirement  of  law)  any  and  all  knowledge,  technical
information,  business information,  developments,  trade secrets,  know-how and
confidences of the Company or its business,  including,  without limitation, (a)
any  information  or  business  secrets  relating  to the  products,  customers,
strategies,  business, conduct or operations of the Company, its subsidiaries or
any of their respective clients, customers, consultants, providers, licensors or
licensees  (collectively,  "Company Affiliates");  (b) any information regarding
any current or prior  employees of the Company or any of its affiliates  (except
where a job reference has been  requested by an  ex-employee  in writing and the
employee asked to give such reference consents;  (c) the existence or betterment
of, or possible new uses or applications  for, any of the Company's  products or
services or those of any Company  Affiliates;  (d) any of the Company's customer
lists,  pricing  and  purchasing  information  or policies of the Company or any
Company Affiliates; and (e) any 

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

methods,  ways of  business  etc.,  used in the use,  sale or  marketing  of the
Company's   products  or   services   or  those  of  any   Company   Affiliates,
(collectively,  "Confidential  Information") of which he has acquired  knowledge
during or after his or her employment with the Company,  to the extent that such
matters  (i)  have  not  previously  been  officially  made  public  or are  not
thereafter made public, or (ii) do not otherwise become available to Consultant,
in either case, via a source not bound by any confidentiality obligations to the
Company  or  Company  Affiliates.  The  phrase  "made  public"  as  used in this
Agreement  shall apply to matters within the domain of the general public or the
Company's industry.  During the Nondisclosure  Period,  Consultant agrees not to
use,  directly or indirectly,  such knowledge for his/her own benefit or for the
benefit  of  others  and  agrees  not  to  disclose  any  of  such  Confidential
Information  without prior written  consent of the Company.  At the cessation of
the  Consulting  Period,  or sooner if requested by the Company,  the Consultant
agrees to promptly return all Company property to the Company as well as any and
all  Confidential  Information  which relates in any way to any of the foregoing
items  covered in this  paragraph and to destroy any  transcripts  or copies the
Consultant  may have of such  Confidential  Information  unless  an  alternative
method of disposition is approved by the Company.

                           2.3      Nonsolicitation/Noninterference. Consultant
agrees that during the two (2) year  period (the  "Nonsolicitation  Period"),
commencing on the date of this Agreement he will not at any time,  without prior
written  consent  of the  Company,  discuss  employment  opportunities  with  an
employee,  directly  or  indirectly  solicit,  induce,  or attempt to solicit or
induce any employee,  former employee (as herein defined), agent, consultant, or
other  representative  or  associate of the Company for the purpose of providing
employment  opportunities  with any entity or to terminate his/her  relationship
with the Company.  Consultant  further  covenants  and agrees  that,  during the
Nonsolicitation  Period,  he will not,  without the prior written consent of the
Company,  directly  or  indirectly,  induce or  attempt  to induce any actual or
prospective  licensors,  licensees,  customers  or  suppliers  of the Company to
terminate,  alter or change  its  relationship  with the  Company  or  otherwise
interfere  with any  relationship  between  the Company and any of its actual or
prospective licensors,  licensees,  suppliers or customers or their employees or
former employees.  A "former employee" shall mean any person who was employed by
the  Company at any time during the one (1) year  period  prior to  Consultant's
cessation of employment with the Company.

                           2.4      Severability;  Certain  Exclusions. In  the
event  that  Sections  2.1,  2.2 or 2.3  or  any  portion  (the  "Restrictive
Covenants") thereof,  shall be found by a court of competent  jurisdiction to be
invalid or unenforceable as written as a matter of law, the parties hereto agree
that such court(s) may exercise its discretion in reforming such provision(s) to
the end that Consultant shall be subject to  noncompetition,  nondisclosure  and
nonsolicitation/   noninterference  covenants  that  are  reasonable  under  the
circumstances and enforceable by the Company.

                           2.5      Acknowledgment.  Consultant  specifically  
acknowledges  that the  covenants  set  forth  herein  restricting  competition,
disclosure  and  solicitation/interference  are  reasonable,   appropriate,  and
necessary as to duration,  scope,  and geographic  area in view of the nature of
the  relationship  between  Consultant and the Company and the investment by the
Company of  significant  time and  resources in the training,  development,  and
employment of Consultant.  Consultant  warrants and represents that in the event
that any of the restrictions set forth 

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

in  these  covenants  become  operative,  he will be able  to  engage  in  other
activities for the purpose of earning a livelihood, and shall not be impaired by
these restrictions.

                  Consultant further acknowledges that the remedy at law for any
breach of these covenants,  including  monetary damages to which the Company may
be entitled,  will be inadequate  and that the Company,  its  successors  and/or
assigns, shall be entitled to injunctive relief against any breach without bond.
Such injunctive  relief shall not be exclusive,  but shall be in addition to any
other rights or remedies which the Company may have for any such breach.

                  3. Payments.  As compensation  for his consulting  services to
the Company during the Consulting Period and the non-disclosure, non-competition
and   non-interference   covenants  contained  herein,  the  Company  shall  pay
Consultant Forty Thousand Dollars ($40,000.00) per year,  commencing on the date
hereof,  and payable in twenty-four (24) equal,  bi-monthly  payments on the 1st
(first)  and 15th  (fifteenth)  day of each  month,  for two years and until the
payment of an aggregate of Eighty Thousand Dollars ($80,000.00) hereunder.

                           3.1      Benefits. Consultant will not, by reason of
this Agreement,  participate in any employee  benefit or insurance plan or any
other plan or receive any other fringe  benefit which is provided by the Company
for its  executives  or  employees,  but may receive such benefits to the extent
provided for in the Employment Agreement or otherwise.

                           3.2     Reimbursement of Expenses. The Company shall
reimburse  Consultant for all reasonable  expenses  incurred by him on behalf
of the Company in the course of performing  those  services which the Consultant
has been requested to perform by the Company; provided that the Consultant shall
submit to the Company  all  documentation  of such  expenses  necessary  for tax
purposes.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Consultant shall
be reimbursed for reasonable expenses for training related to his performance of
his services  hereunder;  provided,  the Consultant first obtains the consent of
the Company for such training.

                  4.  Assignment.  Any  attempt  by  Consultant  to assign  this
Agreement  or any rights or  obligations  hereunder  without  the prior  written
consent of the Company  will be void.  The Company may assign this  Agreement as
part of the sale of its  business  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the
Consultant  so  long  as  the  purchaser  expressly  agrees  to  assume  and  be
responsible for the obligations hereunder.

                  5.  Independent  Contractor.  It is expressly  understood  and
agreed that Consultant is an independent  contractor and is not in any manner an
agent or employee of the Company,  nor is Consultant  authorized or empowered to
conduct  business  under the name of, or for the  account  of, the Company or to
incur obligations of any kind, express or implied,  on behalf of the Company, or
to make any promise,  warranty or  representation  on the Company's  behalf with
respect to any product or service of the Company.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                  6.       Construction.

                           6.1      Waiver.  Failure of the Company at any time
to enforce  any  provision  of this  Agreement  or to require  performance  by
Consultant of any  provision  hereof shall in no way affect the validity of this
Agreement or any part hereof or the right of the Company  thereafter  to enforce
its rights  hereunder;  nor shall it be taken to  constitute  a  condonation  or
waiver by the  Company  of that  default or any other or  subsequent  default or
breach.  To the extent  permitted by  Massachusetts  law,  each party waives any
provision of law which renders any provision of this Agreement  unenforceable or
void in any respect.

                           6.2      Governing  Law. This  Agreement  shall be 
governed by  Massachusetts  law, without regard to conflict of laws  principles
thereof.

                           6.3      Counterparts.  This  Agreement may be 
executed in multiple  counterparts  each of which shall be deemed an original 
but all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

                           6.4      Headings.  The headings in this  Agreement 
are intended  solely for  convenience  of reference and shall be given no effect
in the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

                           6.5     Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes
the entire  understanding and agreement among the parties hereto concerning
the subject matter hereof.  All negotiations among the parties hereto concerning
the  subject  matter  hereof are merged  into this  Agreement,  and there are no
representations,  warranties, covenants,  understandings, or agreements, oral or
otherwise,  in  relation  thereto  among the  parties  hereto  other  than those
incorporated herein. No supplement,  modification or amendment of this Agreement
shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto.

                  INTENDING  TO BE LEGALLY  BOUND,  the parties or their duly  
authorized  representatives  have signed this  Agreement on the date first above
written.


                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 James Rousou
                                                 (the "Consultant")

                                                 ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                                 By:  _________________________

                                              Title:  _________________________
                                                      (the "Company")

                                      -5-



                                                                   Exhibit 10.24


                          STANDARD CONDITIONS FOR THE

                           SALE AND PURCHASE OF DEBTS



                                     BETWEEN





                                 Elcom Group Ltd


                                       AND



                      DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES (UK) LTD

<PAGE>




                    DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES (UK) LIMITED
             STANDARD CONDITIONS FOR THE SALE AND PURCHASE OF DEBTS
                                  VERSION 10/97

1.        Definitions

1.1      The headings in the Agreement and these  Conditions are for convenience
         only and  shall in no way  affect  their  construction.  The  following
         expressions shall have the meaning set out opposite each:

Administration      Fee - a charge for the  services  provided or to be provided
                    by DFS, in respect of each Debt  vesting in DFS,  calculated
                    in accordance with the Particulars.

Approved Debt       - a Debt  referred  to in a Schedule  delivered  to DFS
                    which at the time such  Schedule  is  delivered  or any time
                    thereafter

                    (i)  is not an Ineligible Debt; and
                    (ii) in relation to which the Client is not and has not been
                         in breach of any warranty or  undertaking  contained in
                         this Agreement; and (iii) which is undisputed.

Associate           - any person,  partnership  or body  corporate in which
                    the Client or any director,  shareholder,  agent or employee
                    of the  Client  has a  material  interest  or  any  officer,
                    director,   shareholder,   affiliate,   parent,  partner  or
                    subsidiary  of the Client or any other form of  associate of
                    the  Client's  as set  out in  section  184 of the  Consumer
                    Credit Act 1974.

Base Rate           - the Base Rate or any replacement or substituted  rate
                    as quoted by National  Westminster Bank plc or its successor
                    for the currency in which any Prepayment is made.

Client              - the entity shown as the Client in the Particulars.

Collection Date     - two clear  Working Days after a remittance in respect of a
                    Debt appears on DFS' bank account.

Concentration Percentage  - the  percentage  (referred to in the
                    Particulars)  which  the  total of  Prepayments  made to the
                    Client by DFS in  relation  to  unpaid  Debts due by any one
                    Customer  bears to the total of all unpaid  Debts  vested in
                    DFS from time to time.


                                       2
<PAGE>

Confidential  Information - all information  relating directly to
                    the Client's or any Subsidiary's  business and/or operations
                    which is of a secret and proprietary nature, as disclosed by
                    the  Client  or  any   Subsidiary   to  DFS.   "Confidential
                    Information"  includes  customer  lists and any  information
                    relating to  customers  or  entities  which are or have been
                    customers of the Client or any of the  Subsidiaries  and any
                    information   relating  to  suppliers,   supplier  lists  or
                    requirements,  price lists or price instructions,  marketing
                    and sales information, business plans or dealings, employees
                    or officers,  financial information and plans, new products,
                    research and product  development  activities,  any document
                    marked  "confidential",  any information  which DFS has been
                    told or is aware is confidential  and any information  which
                    has  been   given  to  DFS  in   confidence.   "Confidential
                    Information"  does not include  information  which:  (i) was
                    already in DFS'  possession  prior to its  disclosure by the
                    Client  or  any  Subsidiary;   or  (ii)  becomes   generally
                    available  to  the  public,  other  than  as a  result  of a
                    disclosure by DFS.

Contract of Sale    -  any  contract  for the  supply of Goods by the Client or 
                    a Subsidiary.

Contracted Amount   - in relation to a Debt, the total amount under
                    a Contract of Sale payable to the Client or a Subsidiary  by
                    a  Customer  including  any  tax  or  duty  but  before  any
                    deduction or allowance for prompt payment or otherwise.

Credit Limit        - an  amount   which  may  from  time  to  time  be
                    established  (by  DFS  in  DFS'  reasonable  discretion)  in
                    relation to any  Customer.  Its purpose is to determine  the
                    extent to which the aggregate  indebtedness  of any Customer
                    at any one time comprises Approved Debts for the purposes of
                    making Prepayments.

Cure Period         - such  period as shall be  determined  by DFS in its
                    absolute  discretion  and be conveyed by written notice from
                    DFS to the  Client by the  expiry of which the  Client  must
                    cease to breach the  obligation or liability  referred to in
                    DFS' notice.

Current Account -   an account maintained by or on behalf of DFS in
                    the Client's name, to show the balance at any time between:

                    (i) all payments made to the Client and all costs  expenses,
                    charges  and other sums paid or payable by the Client to DFS
                    (including contingent liabilities); and

                    (ii) the amount of all Purchase Prices credited.

                                       3
<PAGE>

Customer            - any entity which incurs or may incur any obligation to
                    make payment under a Contract of Sale.

Debt                - the amount  (or where the  context so admits a part of the
                    amount) of any  obligation  incurred  or to be incurred by a
                    Customer under a Contract of Sale (including any tax or duty
                    payable and all Related Rights).

Debts Purchased     - an account maintained by DFS to show the anticipated
Account             Purchase Price of Debts
Defaulted Debt      (i) a Debt which remains unpaid for ninety days or more from
                    the  Invoice  Date;  or  (ii)  a Debt  due  by an  Insolvent
                    Customer;  or (iii) a Debt which in DFS' reasonable  opinion
                    is uncollectable.

Delivered           - in  relation  to Goods -  despatched  to the  Customer  in
                    accordance with a Permitted Contract; and
                    - in relation  to work done or services  rendered - complete
                    performance.  "Deliver"  and  "delivery"  shall be construed
                    accordingly.

DFS                 - Deutsche Financial Services (UK) Ltd.

Discounting Charge  - a  charge  calculated  daily,  at the  rate  shown  in the
                    Particulars  on the  basis of a 360 day  year,  on the debit
                    balance on the  Current  Account  and which shall be debited
                    monthly to the  Current  Account.  The credit of any part of
                    the  Purchase   Price  to  the  Current   Account  prior  to
                    Collection  Date shall not be taken  into  account in making
                    such calculation.

Event of Default    - has  the  meaning  given  to  that  expression  in  the US
                    Agreement.

Funding Limit       -  the  amount  of  the  debit  balance,  specified  in  the
                    Particulars,  on the Current  Account  which must not at any
                    time be exceeded  or such higher sum as DFS in its  absolute
                    discretion determines.

Goods               - goods, services, work and materials or licences.

Indebtedness        - all of  the  Client's  liabilities  and  indebtedness  for
                    borrowed  money of any kind and nature  whatsoever,  whether
                    direct or  indirect,  absolute  or  contingent,  secured  or
                    unsecured.

Ineligible Debts    (i)  Defaulted Debts; or
                   (ii) any sums due from credit insurers; or


                                       4
<PAGE>

                    (iii) any Debt payable by a Department or Ministry or Agency
                    of the Crown or similar in relation to a foreign government:
                    or (iv) any Debts  whose  invoice  shall be  addressed  to a
                    Customer  outside a  Permitted  Country  or  expressed  in a
                    currency other than sterling (unless approved of by DFS); or
                    (v) any Debt subject to a contra account by the Customer; or
                    (vi) any Debts in excess of the Concentration  Percentage in
                    the date order of their creation; or (vii) any Debt which is
                    to be rebated to the Customer; or (viii) any Debt on account
                    of  a  Contract  of  Sale  which  has  not  been  completely
                    performed;  or (ix) any Debt payable by a Customer who is an
                    Associate; or (x) all Debts of any Customer whose instrument
                    in or towards the  discharge of a Debt shall not be honoured
                    on first presentation;  or (xi) all Debts under the Contract
                    of Sale payable by stage or  instalment  payments;  or (xii)
                    all Debts in respect of which the Client  cannot comply with
                    its warranties and  undertakings to DFS; or (xiii) all Debts
                    disputed by  Customers;  or (xiv) any Debt due by a Customer
                    which is not a commercial or institutional  entity;  or (xv)
                    Debts  which  do not  conform  to the  terms of  payment  as
                    provided in the Particulars; or (xvi) all Debts payable by a
                    Customer  if  more  than  half of the  indebtedness  of such
                    Customer  which is due and  owing to the  Client at any time
                    exceeds the Recourse Period specified in the Particulars; or
                    (xvii) Debts in excess of Credit Limits. (xviii) Debts whose
                    invoices are  addressed to Customers in Permitted  Countries
                    referred  to in clause 1.6  outside  the  United  Kingdom in
                    aggregate in excess of  (pound)500,000 in their Invoice Date
                    order.

Initial Survey Fee  - the fee payable by the Client to DFS for the first Survey

Insolvency          - in relation to an individual:
                   (i)  his bankruptcy; or
                   (ii)  his sequestration.

                    - in relation to a Partnership:  
                    (i) its winding up; or 
                    (ii)  the  Bankruptcy  or  sequestration  of any or all  the
                    partners;

                    - in relation to any Limited Company:


                                       5
<PAGE>

                    (i) the passing of a resolution  for a voluntary  winding up
                    (other than for the purpose of a solvent  reorganisation  or
                    reconstruction);  or (ii) the  making of a winding up order;
                    or (iii) the appointment of an administrator pursuant to the
                    Insolvency Act 1986; or (iv) a Receiver or an Administrative
                    Receiver being appointed to all or any part of its property.

                    - in relation to any entity:
                    (i) any voluntary arrangement under the Insolvency Act 1986;
                    or (ii) the appointment of a judicial factor.

                    and "insolvent" shall be construed accordingly.


Invoice Date        - in respect of any Debt,  the date of  Client's  invoice to
                    the  relevant  Customer for the sale of Goods giving rise to
                    such Debt.

Net Value           - the  Contracted  Amount  of each  Scheduled  Debt less any
                    deduction   allowed  or  allowable  for  prompt  payment  or
                    otherwise.

Offer               - an unconditional offer from the Client in such form as DFS
                    may  stipulate,  to  sell a  Debt  to DFS  with  full  title
                    guarantee   which  DFS  shall  be  free  in  its  reasonable
                    discretion  to accept or reject and where more than one Debt
                    is at the same time  included in an Offer each Debt shall be
                    considered as being subject to an individual offer.

Particulars         - the  matters  referred  to in that  part of the  Agreement
                    headed "Particulars".

Permitted  Contract - any  Contract  of Sale  entered  into by the  Client  or a
                    Subsidiary  in the course of its Business  (specified in the
                    Particulars)  with a  Customer  carrying  on  business  in a
                    Permitted Country and which provides for payment in sterling
                    or the Euro or such  other  currency  as DFS may in  writing
                    approve.

Permitted Country   - a  country  or  territory  listed  in the  Particulars  or
                    otherwise  agreed  in  writing  by DFS  (provided  that such
                    agreement has not been withdrawn).

                                       6
<PAGE>

Prepayment          - the amount up to which DFS, at the Client's request, shall
                    prepay before Collection on account of the Purchase Price of
                    an  Approved  Debt  and  which  shall be  calculated  at the
                    percentage shown in the Particulars of the Net Value.

Purchase Price      - the  amount  payable  by  DFS to the  Client  pursuant  to
                    condition  5.1 for  each  Debt,  with  its  Related  Rights,
                    purchased by DFS.

Reasonable          -  reasonable  by the  standards  of a prudent  purchaser in
                    England, of Debts of the nature,  quality and value of those
                    being sold by the Client,  when dealing with a seller of the
                    nature and financial  standing of the Client and taking into
                    account all matters of fact and opinion known  regarding the
                    Client and its Customer (and "reasonably" shall be construed
                    accordingly).

Recourse            - DFS'  right,  by oral or written  notice,  to require  the
                    Client to repay to DFS all Prepayments  made in respect of a
                    Scheduled Debt.

Recourse Period     - the period referred to in the Particulars at the expiry of
                    which DFS may require  Recourse in respect of any  Scheduled
                    Debt.

Related Rights      - the benefit of all  guarantees,  indemnities,  insurances,
                    instruments and securities given to or held by the Client or
                    a Subsidiary in relation to any Debt; and
                    - any ledger,  computer data,  statement or other record and
                    any invoice,  delivery note or other document on which or by
                    which any Debt is recorded or evidenced; and
                    - all the  Client's  or,  as the case may be,  the  relevant
                    Subsidiary's  rights  pursuant  to the  Contract of Sale but
                    without any  obligation  on DFS to complete  the Contract of
                    Sale; and;
                    - all bank statements  evidencing  receipt of monies towards
                    settlement of a Debt;
                    - ownership of any Transferred Goods.

Schedule            - in relation to a Debt not  previously  scheduled  to DFS -
                    the  delivery  by the Client to DFS of a  schedule  of Debts
                    which  shall  have come into  existence  in such form and by
                    such  method,   whether  in  writing,   by  electronic  data
                    transfer,  or other means, as shall be reasonably prescribed
                    by DFS from time to time and where  appropriate  its receipt
                    by DFS.

Scheduled           - included in a Schedule or Offer delivered to DFS.

Survey              - the exercise by DFS of its rights under Condition 12.1.


                                       7
<PAGE>

Termination Event  - any event set out in clause 20 entitling  DFS to terminate
                    this Agreement whether or not DFS shall so terminate.

Terms of  Payment   -  the  Client's,  or as  the  case  may  be,  the  relevant
                    Subsidiary's  conditions,  approved by DFS, as to the method
                    and time for payment of a Debt and  included in the Contract
                    of Sale; these may include a settlement discount up to 5% or
                    such  higher  amount  as may be agreed  between  DFS and the
                    Client; the conditions of payment set out in the Particulars
                    shall be so approved.

Transferred Goods   - Goods which any Customer shall reject,  or shall return or
                    attempt to return to DFS or the Client or indicate a wish to
                    do so; or - which  the  Client  or, as the case may be,  the
                    relevant  Subsidiary or DFS recover from the Customer in the
                    exercise  of the  Client's  or,  as the  case  may  be,  the
                    relevant  Subsidiary's rights under the relevant Contract of
                    Sale.

Trading Conditions  - that  portion of the standard  conditions  (other than the
                    Terms of  Payment)  upon  which the  Client or a  Subsidiary
                    enters into  Contracts of Sale which will be approved by DFS
                    from time to time in writing (the initial Trading Conditions
                    having been initialled for the purpose of  identification by
                    DFS and the Client on the date hereof).

United Kingdom      - United  Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern  Ireland and
                    the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man.

US Agreement        -  the meaning given to that expression in the Particulars.

Working Day         - a day other  than a Saturday  or Sunday  when both DFS and
                    banks in the City of London shall be open for the conduct of
                    all normal business.

1.2      Unless the context  otherwise  indicates,  the  singular  includes  the
         plural and any gender shall include any other gender.

1.3      Where in or in  relation  to any place  outside  England  and Wales the
         meaning  of a word  or  expression  used  in  this  Agreement  is to be
         considered  and such  word or  expression  has no  counterpart  in that
         place,  it shall,  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires,  have the
         meaning of its closest equivalent in that place.

1.4      Headings to clauses and conditions are for convenience only. They shall
         not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.  References to clauses
         are to clauses of the Agreement  and to conditions  are to the numbered
         sections appearing in this document.

                                       8
<PAGE>


1.5      References to an Act of Parliament  shall be deemed to include each Act
         as amended,  modified or  re-enacted  or any order,  rule or regulation
         made thereunder.

1.6      The meaning of general  words  introduced by the word "other" shall not
         be  limited  by  reference  to  any  proceeding   word  or  enumeration
         indicating a particular class of acts matters or things.

1.7      If any  provision of this  Agreement  shall to any extent be invalid or
         unenforceable  then  the  remainder  of  this  Agreement  shall  not be
         affected or impaired.



2.       Duration

2.1      This Agreement shall begin on the Commencement  Date referred to in the
         Particulars and shall continue except as provided in Condition 2.2, for
         the Minimum  Period also  referred  to in the  Particulars.  DFS or the
         Client may  terminate  this  Agreement by giving to the other notice in
         writing, at any time, of at least the Minimum Notice Period referred to
         in the Particulars to expire at any time after the Minimum  Period.  In
         the event that the US Agreement  terminates,  this  Agreement  shall be
         deemed to have terminated on the same date.

2.2      DFS shall  have the right at any time  immediately  to  terminate  this
         Agreement  by  giving  written  notice  upon or at any time  after  the
         happening of a Termination  Event for so long as the same is continuing
         unremedied and unwaived.

2.3      Except as otherwise  provided,  termination shall not affect the rights
         or obligations of either the Client or DFS in relation to any Debt then
         vested in DFS. This  Agreement  shall  continue to bind both the Client
         and DFS for so long as may be  necessary  to  satisfy  such  rights and
         obligations and, in any event, until all sums due to DFS hereunder have
         been paid in full.

2.4      This Agreement shall remain effective notwithstanding any change in the
         Client's name or constitution.

2.5      The Client  shall have the right at any time  immediately  to terminate
         this Agreement in the event that DFS commits any material breach of its
         obligations under this Agreement and (if capable of remedy) such breach
         is not remedied  within three Working Days following  receipt by DFS of
         notice from the Client  requiring  the same to be remedied (in the case
         of any  obligation in relation to the  discounting  of Debts) or within
         fifteen Working Days of notice from the Client requiring the same to be
         remedied (in any other case).

2.6      Without  prejudice to the other  provisions of this Clause 2, if at any
         time after the Minimum  Period the Client in writing  requests that the
         Funding  Limit  be  increased  and DFS is  unwilling  to  agree to such
         increase  then the Client may serve on DFS

                                       9
<PAGE>

         thirty days'  notice of its  intention  to  terminate  this  Agreement
         provided that such notice is  accompanied  with a formal offer from an
         alternative discounter or factor of Debts including:

         (i)      discounting charges and administration fees;
         (ii)     all charges;
         (iii)    prepayment percentages;
         (iv)     eligibility for prepayments;
         (v)      the funding limit  ("Revised Terms")

         Within thirty days of such notice DFS may offer  substantially  to meet
         such  Revised  Terms in respect of the  services  provided by DFS under
         this  Agreement.  If the Client  accepts DFS' offer then this Agreement
         will continue in full force except that the Revised Terms will apply.

         If the Client elects not to accept DFS' offer,  then (unless the Client
         elects to withdraw  its notice of  termination)  this  Agreement  shall
         terminate on the day which is thirty days after the Client notified DFS
         of its  decision  not to accept  DFS' offer (and,  in that  event,  the
         Client must pay to DFS a fee of (pound)18,000).

3.       Applicability, Title to Debts and Schedules

3.1      This  Agreement  shall  apply  only to the Debts or  classes  of Debts
         referred to in the Particulars.

3.2      As soon as possible on or after the  Commencement  Date the Client will
         make an Offer to DFS in  respect  of each Debt due to the Client on the
         Commencement  Date together with its Related  Rights.  DFS shall accept
         the Client's  Offer by crediting the value of each accepted Debt to the
         Debts Purchased Account.  Upon such acceptance  beneficial ownership of
         such Debts and their Related Rights shall vest in DFS. Debts,  together
         with their Related Rights, coming into existence after the Commencement
         Date  shall  vest in DFS  automatically  upon such  Debts  coming  into
         existence.  If for any reason any Debt or any Related Rights shall fail
         effectively  to vest in DFS then the Client or the relevant  Subsidiary
         will hold them in trust for DFS.  Following a Termination Event, for so
         long as the same is continuing unremedied and unwaived,  DFS may at any
         time give notice to the Customer or any other  person of the  existence
         of such trust and that payment is to be made to DFS. By DFS'  execution
         hereof DFS acknowledges intimation of such trust.

3.3      In respect of Debts coming into existence after the  Commencement  Date
         the Client shall  furnish  Schedules of Debts to DFS within two days of
         the  Delivery  of Goods  or at such  later  time as DFS may  reasonably
         stipulate.  Each Schedule  shall be  accompanied  by such documents and
         information as DFS may reasonably require. However, DFS may at any time
         give  written  notice  to  the  Client  that  certain  Debts  need  not
         thereafter be Scheduled.

                                       10
<PAGE>

3.4      Following a Termination  Event,  for so long as the same shall continue
         unremedied and unwaived, DFS may at any time require the Client, at the
         Client's  reasonable  expense,  to  complete  and deliver to DFS a duly
         executed written  assignment of any Debt or its Related Rights with all
         stamp duty thereon paid by the Client and in a form approved by DFS.

4.       Credit Limits and Approved Debts

4.1      DFS may in DFS' reasonable discretion,  at any time, establish a Credit
         Limit for any Customer and will promptly  notify the Client of any such
         Credit  Limit.  A Credit Limit shall be subject to such terms as may be
         specified by DFS.

4.2      DFS may in DFS' reasonable  discretion  increase,  reduce or cancel any
         Credit  Limit by  notice,  including  oral  notice,  which  shall  have
         immediate  effect.  However  (except as provided in  condition  4.5) no
         reduction  or  cancellation  shall affect any  existing  Approved  Debt
         arising  from  Goods  Delivered  prior to the  service  of such  notice
         provided  that such Debt shall  otherwise  continue  to be an  Approved
         Debt.

4.3      If the total of Debts outstanding from any one Customer is in excess of
         the Credit Limit  relating to that Customer then to the extent that any
         Debt within the Credit Limit shall be paid or otherwise discharged, the
         next Debt of that  Customer (in the order in which such Debts have been
         Scheduled) shall come within the Credit Limit prevailing at the time of
         such payment or discharge.

4.4      If more than half of the indebtedness of a Customer at any time remains
         unpaid  beyond  the  expiry of the  Recourse  Period  specified  in the
         Particulars, no part of the entire indebtedness of that Customer shall,
         until  further  notice by DFS,  be treated as  consisting  of  Approved
         Debts.

4.5      All Credit Limits shall  automatically be cancelled upon termination of
         this  Agreement.  Thereupon  no unpaid Debt shall be an Approved  Debt.
         Following  a  Termination  Event,  for so  long as the  same  continues
         unremedied or unwaived,  (whether or not DFS terminate this  Agreement)
         DFS may by notice to the  Client  immediately  cancel all or any Credit
         Limits.  Thereupon no Outstanding  Debt of the Customer  referred to in
         such notice shall then be an Approved Debt and no further Debts of such
         Customer shall be Approved Debts.

4.6      Should the Client reveal to any person,  including  any  Customer,  the
         existence,  absence or amount of any Credit Limit or any reason for the
         same, it will not reveal the name of DFS.

4.7      In  establishing  any  Credit  Limit  DFS  shall  not  act as a  credit
         reference  agency.  Credit  Limits  will be  established  for  DFS' own
         purposes  and may not be taken as an  indication  or warranty as to the
         creditworthiness   of  any   Customer.   Except  in  relation  to  DFS'
         obligations  in  respect  of  Approved  Debts,  DFS shall have no other
         liability to the Client arising out of the establishment,  modification
         or withdrawal of a Credit Limit.

                                       11
<PAGE>

5.       Purchase Price and Payments by DFS

5.1      The  Purchase  Price of each Debt  (together  with its Related  Rights)
         purchased by DFS shall be the amount paid by the Customer in or towards
         the   discharge  of  the  Debt  less  the   Discounting   Charge,   the
         Administration  Charge and the Charge referred to in Condition  6.1(v).
         The Client's  right to payment of the Purchase  Price of any Debt shall
         be exercisable  solely by withdrawals from the Current Account,  within
         the  Funding  Limit and  subject to the  restrictions  imposed by these
         Conditions.

5.2      Upon any Debt  being  Scheduled,  DFS  shall  provisionally  enter  the
         Purchase Price of such Debt in the Debts Purchased  Account referred to
         in Condition 7.2. For  administrative  convenience  DFS shall make such
         entry at its Scheduled value.  DFS may subsequently  make any necessary
         adjustment.

5.3      The amount of each Collection  shall be credited to the Debts Purchased
         Account on its Collection Date in or towards settlement of the Purchase
         Price of the Debt and on the  same day an  equivalent  amount  shall be
         credited  to the  Current  Account.  If a  Collection  is only for part
         payment of a Debt,  then only a  proportionate  amount of the  Purchase
         Price shall be payable following such Collection.

5.4 Subject to DFS' other rights in this Agreement, at the Client's request:

          (i)     DFS will  pay to the Client in respect of all Approved Debts:

                  - the Prepayment  (prior to expiry of the Recourse  Period) on
                  the day of the  Client's  faxed or  written  request  for such
                  payment  provided  that such request is received no later than
                  noon on the day of such request and that a verbal  estimate of
                  the amount of such payment is provided to DFS by 11.00 am; and

          (ii) in respect of all Scheduled  Debts in settlement of or on account
of the Purchase Price:

                  - an  amount  equivalent  to  any  remittance  received  in or
                  towards settlement of any Debt (less any Prepayment previously
                  made) on the  Collection  Date  provided  that such request is
                  received  no later  than noon on the day of such  request  and
                  that a  verbal  estimate  of the  amount  of such  payment  is
                  provided to DFS by 11.00 am; and

          (iii)   - All  payments  to the Client  shall be made by CHAPS in same
                  day funds to such bank  account of the Client as may from time
                  to time be advised by the Client to DFS.

5.5      The amounts of all payments by DFS  pursuant to Condition  5.4 shall be
         debited to the Current  Account.  The Client will repay to DFS promptly
         upon demand any amount by which any Prepayment  shall exceed the amount
         of the  Purchase  Price  tendered  by the  relevant  Customer  in final
         settlement of the Debt.

                                       12
<PAGE>

5.6       DFS  shall  not be  obliged  to make  any  payment  to the  Client  in
          circumstances when:

          (i)     such  payment  would  cause the debit  balance on the  Current
                  Account  to exceed  the  lesser of either  (a) the  percentage
                  referred to in clause 1.9 of all outstanding Approved Debts or
                  (b) the Funding Limit; or
          (ii) any petition or application for the Client's  Insolvency shall be
               pending.

5.7      On or at  any  time  after  the  occurrence  of any  Termination  Event
         (whether or not DFS exercises DFS' right to terminate  this  Agreement)
         DFS shall not be obliged to make any  Prepayment  or any other  payment
         before  the  Collection  Date and  shall be  entitled  on demand to the
         repayment of all such Prepayments  previously made in respect of all or
         any Debts then outstanding.

5.8      DFS shall not be obliged to make any  Prepayment  before the Collection
         Date in  circumstances  where  DFS,  acting  reasonably,  considers  it
         necessary or desirable to verify the existence or amount of such Debt.

5.9      The Client will promptly on demand repay to DFS a sum equivalent to the
         amount by which the debit  balance on the Current  Account  exceeds the
         lesser of either the Funding Limit or an amount  calculated by applying
         the Prepayment  Percentage shown in the Particulars to the Net Value of
         all Outstanding Approved Debts.

6.        DFS' Fees and Charges

6.1 The Client shall pay to DFS:

           (i)    - The  Administration  Fee  monthly  in advance on the First
                    Working Day of each month; and

          (ii)    - the Discounting Charge which for administrative  convenience
                  shall be debited monthly to the Current Account; and

          (iii)   - all reasonable costs, claims, charges and expenses, legal or
                  otherwise  reasonably  incurred or payable by DFS on the basis
                  of a full  indemnity  in  respect  of the  enforcement  of the
                  provisions  of this  Agreement or in obtaining  any release or
                  waiver in respect of Debts or Related Rights.

          (iv)    - following  termination of the Client's  agency in accordance
                  with  clause  7.6 and in DFS'  absolute  discretion  an amount
                  equal to a maximum of 5% of:

                    (i)  the  Scheduled  value of the Debts  unrecovered  at the
                         date of the Termination Event; and

                    (ii) all Debts coming into existence thereafter;

                  provided  that no such  amount  shall be payable in respect of
any Debt arising at any time after this  Agreement is terminated and the balance
of the Current Account is zero.

                                       13
<PAGE>

6.2 All fees and  charges  payable by the Client  exclude any  applicable  value
added tax.

7.        Accounts

7.1 DFS shall maintain the Current Account in the Client's name.

7.2      DFS shall maintain the Debts Purchased  Account in the Client's name to
         which the Scheduled value of Debts shall be debited and all Collections
         shall be credited.

7.3      Following  the  termination  of the  Client's  agency  to  procure  the
         collection of Debts,DFS  shall  maintain  accounts in the names of each
         Customer to which Debts at their  Scheduled  value shall be debited and
         their respective Collections shall be credited.

7.4      DFS shall send to the Client at monthly  intervals,  or more frequently
         as requested by the Client,  statements of the Current  Account and the
         Debts  Purchased  Account  together with such other  information as DFS
         shall  consider  appropriate.  Such accounts and  information  shall be
         treated as correct and binding  upon the Client  (except as to manifest
         errors)  unless DFS is notified in writing of any errors within fifteen
         Working Days of the date of receipt by the Client of such  accounts and
         information.

7.5      Once a week or more  frequently on such days as DFS shall specify,  the
         Client  will  prepare  and  forward  to  DFS a  compliance  certificate
         relating  to  all  Debts  purchased,  prepared  as of the  Working  Day
         immediately  preceding such certificate and computed in accordance with
         the example annexed hereto.

7.6      After  receipt  from  DFS of a copy of  each  Debts  Purchased  Account
         pursuant to condition 7.4, the Client will complete a reconciliation in
         such manner as DFS may reasonably require. This form will reconcile the
         sales ledger control account balance shown in the Client's books to the
         Debts Purchased  Account shown in DFS' books.  The Client shall deliver
         such  reconciliation  to DFS  together  with the  Client's  aged debtor
         analysis no later than the Reporting Date stated in the Particulars.

7.7      Following  termination of the Client's agency in accordance with clause
         7.6 DFS  shall  render  statements  of  account  to  Customers  at such
         intervals as DFS shall consider necessary.

7.8      Any account  maintained by DFS and certified by DFS' Company  Secretary
         to be a true and  accurate  copy shall be prima  facie  evidence in any
         proceedings  as to the  sums  received  and  paid  by DFS or due by the
         Client at the date to which the certificate relates, except only to the
         extent that specific errors and omissions shall be proved.

8.        Currencies

8.1       The Purchase Price of a Debt shall,  unless otherwise agreed,  only be
          paid in sterling.

                                       14
<PAGE>

8.2      Where DFS has agreed that a Debt may be expressed  in a currency  other
         than sterling DFS may  provisionally  calculate  the Purchase  Price by
         converting  the  Scheduled  amount of the Debt at the rate of  exchange
         supplied by DFS' bankers for the time of receipt by DFS of the relevant
         Schedule.  Any necessary  adjustments  shall be made on the day of each
         collection.

8.3      All bank charges for collection  and/or  conversion of a Debt expressed
         in a currency  other than  sterling  and any risk of loss  (between the
         currency  for  payment of a Debt and the  currency  for  payment of the
         Purchase Price) arising from any currency fluctuation and/or conversion
         shall be the Client's responsibility and shall be debited by DFS to the
         Current Account.



9.        Set -off and Other Rights

9.1      DFS shall have the right at any time to combine and balance accounts or
         exercise  retention.  Any amounts payable by the Client to DFS (whether
         under this  Agreement  or  otherwise  and  whether  payable  presently,
         prospectively or contingently) may be set off against monies payable by
         DFS  to the  Client.  DFS  may  in  DFS'  absolute  discretion,  make a
         reasonable  estimate  of such  amounts  payable  where the same  cannot
         immediately  be determined.  The parties  declare hereby that it is not
         their intention by this clause to create any charge or other security.

10.      Client's Undertakings and Warranties

10.1     The Client undertakes that,  throughout the currency of this Agreement,
         the Client will  promptly  disclose to DFS any material  changes in the
         identity of the holders of the Client's  share capital and all material
         adverse  credit  information  which  comes to its  attention  and which
         relates to its Customers.

10.2     The delivery of a Schedule  shall, in relation to each Debt referred to
         in it, be deemed to  constitute  warranties  that,  save as  previously
         disclosed in writing to DFS:

          (i)     payment of the Scheduled amount of the Debt is an existing and
                  binding obligation of the Customer referred to in the Schedule
                  and that the invoice arises out of a Permitted  Contract which
                  is subject to and is not in breach of the laws of England  and
                  which is subject to the Client's or the relevant  Subsidiary's
                  Terms of Payment, referred to in the Particulars,  and Trading
                  Conditions  and is  payable  in  sterling  or Euros or another
                  currency approved by DFS;

                                       15
<PAGE>

          (ii)    the Goods have been  delivered and to the best of the Client's
                  knowledge  and belief the Customer  will accept the Goods sold
                  and  will pay the Debt  without  any  dispute  or  set-off  or
                  counterclaim,  whether  justified or not,  within the Recourse
                  Period (and if the Customer is Insolvent or deceased  that the
                  person having the duty to  administer  the  Customer's  estate
                  will accept a claim or proof of debt for the unpaid balance of
                  the Debt);

          (iii)   The  Client  has the  unconditional  right to assign  the Debt
                  which is  unencumbered  by any charge,  lien,  equity trust or
                  tracing or other right which affects or may affect the Debt or
                  its Related  Rights and that upon notice of  assignment  being
                  given to the Customer the Debt will be payable only to DFS;

          (iv)    no other  person  has or will  have any  interest  in or other
                  right relating to any such Debt or its Related Rights;

          (v)     the  Customer  has a  verifiable  delivery  point,  is  not an
                  Associate and to the best of the Client's knowledge and belief
                  has no right,  other  than  under the  Terms of  Payment,  the
                  exercise of which would  reduce or  extinguish  the  Scheduled
                  amount of the Debt;

          (vi)    The  Client and each  Subsidiary  has all  requisite  consents
                  licenses  and permits for the  performance  of the Contract of
                  Sale  and,  in the  case of the  Client,  to enter  into  this
                  Agreement  and for the  Client or the  Client's  assignees  to
                  receive payment in the permitted currency of the Debt;

          (vii)   there  is no  breach  of any  obligation  owed or owing to any
                  Customer  under a Contract of Sale  related to such Debt;  and
                  that the Client and each  Subsidiary will pay all carriage and
                  shipping charges in accordance with the Contract of Sale;

          (viii)  The Client and each  Subsidiary  will have no  obligations  to
                  Customers  other than under the  Contract of Sale which in the
                  aggregate  give  rise to  financial  liabilities  that  can be
                  offset  against  the Debts or entitle a  Customer  to delay or
                  refuse  payment  and which  exceed  (pound)100,000  at any one
                  time;

          (ix)    to the best of the Client's  knowledge  and belief no Debt may
                  be reduced  except in accordance  with the terms of a Contract
                  of Sale  approved  by DFS or by the  prompt  issue of a credit
                  note on a sound commercial basis;

           (x)    the Debt has not arisen from an  agreement  regulated by the
                  Consumer Credit Act 1974;

          (xi)    to  the  best  of  the  Client's  knowledge  and  belief,  all
                  signatories contained in or appearing on every order, invoice,
                  notification or other document supplied to DFS and relating to
                  a Debt  are  genuine  (and,  in the  case  only  of  documents
                  originated by the Client, the statements contained therein are
                  true);

                                       16
<PAGE>

          (xii)   other than  Customers'  payments  paid to DFS,  no payment has
                  been made by, nor has any invoice been rendered to, a Customer
                  before  Delivery  of the  whole  of the  Goods  to  which  the
                  Contract of Sale relates unless agreed in writing by DFS.

10.3      The Client undertakes to DFS that:

          (i)     the Client and each Subsidiary will not grant any extension of
                  time for payment nor waive,  modify or terminate  any Contract
                  of Sale except in accordance  with the Client's  credit policy
                  statement previously agreed with DFS;

          (ii)    the Client will  promptly  perform all the  Client's  and will
                  procure   that   each   Subsidiary   promptly   perform   such
                  Subsidiary's further or continuing obligations to the Customer
                  under the  Contract of Sale and , at DFS' request will provide
                  evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to DFS of such performance;
                  in the event of any  failure of such  performance,  the Client
                  will permit DFS, on such terms as DFS may reasonably  consider
                  appropriate,  to perform any such  obligations at the Client's
                  expense;

          (iii)   upon a  Customer  becoming  entitled  to a  credit  against  a
                  Scheduled  Debt the Client will  promptly or will procure that
                  the  relevant  Subsidiary  will  promptly  issue and  dispatch
                  credit notes to which the  relevant  Customer  isentitled  and
                  will  promptly  include  details of credit  notes in Schedules
                  (but DFS  shall at all times  have  reasonable  discretion  to
                  require that DFS' prior approval is to be obtained  before the
                  issue of a credit note to a Customer);

           (iv)     as  trustee  for DFS the Client  will hold and will  procure
                    that each  Subsidiary  will hold and keep  separate from the
                    Client's  or as the  case may be the  relevant  Subsidiary's
                    other money,  any  remittance in payment of or on account of
                    or in any  way  relating  to a Debt  or its  Related  Rights
                    vested in DFS and shall  promptly  and in any event no later
                    than close of business the following  Working Day deliver to
                    DFS the identical remittance or, when required by DFS, shall
                    pay the identical  remittance  direct into DFS' bank account
                    or any  other  bank  account  stipulated  by  DFS;  by  DFS'
                    execution   hereof  DFS   acknowledges   intimation  of  the
                    foregoing  trust;  if it be  necessary  for  any  cheque  or
                    remittance  to be  endorsed  to DFS to enable DFS to receive
                    payment  then Client  will  endorse the same to DFS and give
                    DFS' bankers any  indemnity  in respect of non  transferable
                    cheques;

          (v)     the Client  indemnifies  DFS against all reasonable  costs and
                  expenses  incurred  by  DFS  in the  collection  or  attempted
                  collection  of any Debts  following  the  cancellation  of the
                  Client's Agency pursuant to clause 7.6;

          (vi)    in respect of any existing Debt on the  Commencement  Date and
                  in respect of any future  Debt,  promptly  upon it coming into
                  existence,  the Client will make an  appropriate  entry in the
                  Client's  books of  account  that it has been  sold to 

                                       17
<PAGE>

                    DFS and shall  procure that all records of Debts  maintained
                    in the  Client's  books of account  or other  records in the
                    names of Customers  bear a  conspicuous  notation  that they
                    have been assigned to and are only payable to DFS;

          (vii)   no Contract of Sale if the aggregate of such Contracts of Sale
                  exceeds  (pound)50,000  will provide for Delivery of the Goods
                  to be spread over a period exceeding ninety days unless agreed
                  in writing by DFS;

          (viii)  all covenants in respect of Debts shall remain fulfilled until
                  all monies due to DFS (whether  from the Client,  any Customer
                  or otherwise)  under the Agreement and these  Conditions shall
                  have been paid in full;

          (ix)    it will advise DFS promptly  upon  becoming  aware of the same
                  should an event occur which if not  remedied  will result in a
                  Termination Event;

          (x)     it  will  not  create  in  favour  of  any  other   party  any
                  assignment,   mortgage,   charge,   lien,  trust,   pledge  or
                  encumbrance  in  respect  of Debts or any  monies due from the
                  Client to DFS; or do anything  which will affect DFS' right to
                  be treated as the beneficial owner of each Debt;

          (xi)    upon becoming aware of any circumstances which would result in
                  any previously  Scheduled Debt becoming an Ineligible Debt, it
                  will promptly notify DFS;

          (xii)   it will procure that, by no later than 31 December 1998,  none
                  of the Subsidiaries shall continue to originate new Debts.

10.4      Where the  Client is  unable to give all of the  warranties  or comply
          with the Client's obligation herein relating to a Debt the Client will
          enter such Debt on a separate  Schedule with full  particulars of such
          inability.  Any event or circumstance so disclosed shall be deemed not
          to give rise to any breach of the warranties  contained in this Clause
          10.

10.5     During the currency of this  Agreement the Client will not without DFS'
         prior  consent  enter  into any other  agreement  for the  purchase  or
         discounting of the Debts.

11.       Recourse and Repurchase

11.1 DFS may exercise Recourse in respect of:

          (i)     each  Approved  Debt  where  the  Collection  Date  has  not
                  occurred before the expiry of the Recourse Period; or

          (ii)    each  Approved  Debt  upon  breach  of  any  of  the  Client's
                  undertakings,  warranties  or  obligations  to DFS relating to
                  such Debt; or

                                       18
<PAGE>

          (iii)   all  or  any  uncollected  Scheduled  Debts  (whether  or  not
                  Approved Debts) upon termination of this Agreement; or

          (iv)    all or any uncollected Scheduled Debts following the happening
                  of a  Termination  Event for so long as the same is continuing
                  unremedied and unwaived; or

          (v)     the  uncollected  Scheduled  Debts  referred  to in any notice
                  making all or any Approved Debts into Ineligible Debts; or

          (vi) any Scheduled Debt to which Condition 10.4 applies; or

          (vii) each Approved Debt upon the Insolvency of the relevant Customer.

11.2     The Client will  promptly pay all amounts due to DFS by way of Recourse
         upon receipt of any notice from DFS demanding  Recourse  hereunder,  to
         the extent that DFS cannot exercise set-off.

11.3     Alternatively DFS may serve a notice on the Client requiring the Client
         to  repurchase  the Debts  referred  to in  condition  11.1(i) to (vii)
         inclusive in the same  situations at a repurchase  price  equivalent to
         the  amount  of the  Prepayments  made in  respect  of each  Debt.  The
         repurchase  price  shall be  promptly  paid by the  Client  to DFS upon
         receipt of the repurchase notice.

11.4     Until the repurchase  price of all Debts subject to repurchase  notices
         has been paid  together  with all other  sums due to DFS such Debts and
         their Related Rights shall remain vested in DFS.

11.5     Upon DFS serving notice of repurchase of all  outstanding  Debts in the
         circumstances  contemplated in  sub-conditions  11.1(iii) or 11.1(iv) ,
         the  repurchase  price  shall be  treated as being paid when the Client
         pays to DFS an amount  equivalent  to the debit  balance on the Current
         Account,  together with all or any accrued or contingent fees, charges,
         expenses and other sums due to DFS at the date of such payment.

11.6     After payment of the repurchase  price of a Debt, and provided that the
         Client owes no other sum to DFS,  DFS shall  promptly pay to the Client
         any amount  received in relation to such Debt and in the meantime  hold
         it on trust for the Client.

11.7     Whether  before or after the  termination  of this Agreement the Client
         will  repay to DFS an amount  equivalent  to any  monies  collected  in
         respect  of a Debt if  payment  be set aside at any time under the laws
         relating to insolvency.

11.8  Upon  termination  of  this  Agreement  for any  reason  the  Client  will
repurchase all outstanding  Debts for a price equivalent to the debit balance on
the Current  Account but so that no Debt shall  revest in the Client  until such
price shall have been paid.

12.       Client's Accounts and Records


                                       19
<PAGE>

12.1     The   Client   irrevocably   agrees  to  allow   any  duly   authorised
         representative  or agent of DFS at all  reasonable  times  following  a
         Termination Event and on reasonable notice prior to a Termination Event
         to  attend  at and  enter  any of the  Client's  and each  Subsidiary's
         premises to inspect,  verify,  check and copy  (making  free use of the
         Client's  facilities) all books,  accounts,  computer or other records,
         orders,  proofs of completion of the Contract of Sale,  banking records
         and statements, files, business procedures and original correspondence,
         and such other  papers as DFS may  reasonably  require in  relation  to
         Debts, Related Rights, and the Client's compliance with this Agreement.

12.2     The  Client  will  supply  DFS with the  Client's  internal  management
         accounts  within  twenty days of the end of each month or at such other
         intervals as DFS may specify.

12.3     The Client  will  furnish DFS within one hundred and eighty days of the
         end of each of its financial years with its annual financial statements
         prepared in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles,
         certified or audited by an independent professional firm of accountants
         showing the Client's financial position and the results of the Client's
         operations as at the end of such financial year.



13.       Credit Balances

13.1     After a  Termination  Event and so long as the same remains  unremedied
         and unwaived,  the Client irrevocably authorises DFS to make payment to
         any Customer in respect of a credit balance on that Customer's account,
         whether  arising  from  the  issue of a credit  note by the  Client  or
         otherwise.

14.      Transferred Goods

14.1     All Transferred  Goods not in DFS' possession but in the possession of
         the Client shall be held by the Client on trust for DFS.

14.2     DFS shall have the right to take  possession of any  Transferred  Goods
         and to sell them on such  terms as DFS may  reasonably  deem  fit.  The
         proceeds of sale, after deduction of all costs and expenses relating to
         such possession or sale,  shall be treated by DFS as a payment of or on
         account of the Debt to which such goods relate.

15.      Allocation of Receipts, Credits and Allowances

15.1     Following a Termination  Event or at any other time after giving notice
         of intent to the Client,  DFS may appropriate  any  Collection,  or any
         credit,  allowance  or  dividend,  in or towards the  discharge  of any
         Approved  Debt in priority  to any other  Scheduled  Debt,  despite any
         contrary appropriation by the Client or the Customer.

                                       20
<PAGE>

16.      Discounts, Commission or Allowances Claimed by Customers

16.1     DFS  shall not be liable to the  Client  for the  amount of  discounts,
         commissions  or  other  allowances   wrongly  claimed  or  deducted  by
         Customers. The Purchase Price shall be correspondingly reduced.

17.      Notification to Customers, Collection of Debts and Disputes

17.1     Following the  termination  of the Client's  agency in accordance  with
         clause 7.6 DFS may notify the  assignment of Debts to each Customer who
         is or may  become  indebted  to the  Client  in such  form  and at such
         intervals as DFS may determine. DFS may also require the Client to give
         such notification at the Client's  reasonable expense at such intervals
         and upon such documents as DFS may reasonably stipulate.

17.2     Following the  termination  of the Client's  agency in accordance  with
         clause 7.6 DFS shall have the sole and  exclusive  right of  collecting
         and enforcing payment of any Debt and its Related Rights vested in DFS,
         in such manner as DFS in DFS' absolute  discretion may decide including
         the resolution of disputed Debts. DFS may institute, conduct, defend or
         compromise in the name of either the Client or DFS on such terms as DFS
         may think fit, any legal proceedings by or against DFS or the Client in
         relation to such Debt and its Related  Rights.  Without  affecting  the
         generality  of the  above  DFS will  not  pursue  sums of  (pound)35.00
         (thirty five  pounds) or less unpaid by a Customer.  The Client will be
         bound by  anything  done by DFS under  this  condition,  including  any
         corresponding reduction in the Purchase Price.

17.3     Following the  termination  of the Client's  agency in accordance  with
         clause 7.6 the Client will and will procure that each Subsidiary  will,
         upon  request and at the Client's own cost,  provide  every  reasonable
         assistance and co-operate  fully in such collection or enforcement.  At
         all times the Client will, as reasonably  required by DFS, exercise any
         rights as seller  to  recover  Goods in  accordance  with the  Client's
         Contracts of Sale or enforce any Related Rights.

17.4     The Client will take all proper steps to resolve any disputed Debt. .


17.5     DFS or DFS'  agents,  may take  such  reasonable  steps as DFS  believe
         necessary  to  verify  the   existence  and  amount  of  Debts  or  the
         creditworthiness of Customers.

18.      Communications with Banks, Auditors, and Accountants


                                       21
<PAGE>


18.1     The Client  irrevocably  authorises DFS to provide the Client's  banks,
         auditors and accountants  with such  information as they may require in
         relation to the Client's dealings with DFS.

18.2     The Client  confirms that the Client will promptly  after the execution
         of this Agreement irrevocably  authorisethe Client's bank, auditors and
         accountants to provide DFS with such  information as DFS may reasonably
         require. DFS is authorised to request such information provided that at
         the time of such request a copy of such request is sent to the Client.

19.      Transfer of Agreement

19.1     DFS shall not assign any of its rights and benefits  hereunder unless a
         Termination  Event  has  occurred  and  is  continuing  unremedied  and
         unwaived, provided that DFS may, in connection with a reorganisation of
         the Deutsche  Bank group,  assign its rights and benefits  hereunder to
         another  wholly  owned  subsidiary  (as that  expression  is defined in
         section  736 of the  Companies  Act  1985) of  Deutsche  Bank  AG,  and
         provided further that DFS may, in connection with a  securitisation  of
         its  assets,  grant a security  interest  over its rights and  benefits
         hereunder.   DFS  may  perform  its   obligations   hereunder   through
         sub-contractors  or  agents  provided  that DFS  shall  continue  to be
         responsible for the performance of such obligations. The Client may not
         assign, transfer, charge, sub-contract, delegate or otherwise deal with
         this  Agreement  or the rights,  benefits  and  obligations  under this
         Agreement without DFS' prior written consent.

20.      Termination Events

20.1     DFS may, at any time, by written  Notice to the Client,  terminate this
         Agreement  forthwith  at any time  after  the  happening  of any of the
         following events:

          (i)     the  Client  breaching  any of  the  provisions  contained  in
                  clauses 7 and 8 and in conditions 3.4, 5.9, 6, 7.5,  10.3(iv),
                  10.3(x), 10.5, 11.2 or 11.3 and (in each case) such breach (if
                  capable of remedy) continuing for three Working Days following
                  receipt by the Client of notice from DFS requiring the same to
                  be remedied; or

          (ii)    the  Client's  failing  for a period of five  Working  Days to
                  deliver a Schedule  containing Debts not previously  notified;
                  or

          (iii)   the Client breaching any other provision of this Agreement and
                  such  breach (if  capable of remedy)  continuing  for  fifteen
                  Working  Days  following  receipt by the Client of notice from
                  DFS requiring the same to be remedied; or


          (iv)    DFS having served 5 notices at any time under  Condition  20.1
                  (i) or  DFS  having  served  15  notices  at  any  time  under
                  Condition 20.1 (ii) in any rolling 12 month period.

                                       22
<PAGE>

          (v)     the  Client's   Insolvency  or  any  petition  (other  than  a
                  frivolous or vexatious  petition  which is removed  within ten
                  Working  Days of its issue) being  presented or meeting  being
                  called for the Client's Insolvency or any arrangement, whether
                  formal or informal,  or the  execution of a trust deed,  being
                  made or proposed for the benefit of creditors generally; or

          (vi)    the Client's income or assets being seized under any execution
                  of legal process, distress for rent; or

          (vii)  a garnishee order in respect of the Client is made on DFS; or

          (viii) the Client's ceasing,  or threatening to cease, to carry on the
                 Client's business;

          (ix)    any    final    judgement    decree    or   award    exceeding
                  (pound)250,000.00  is entered against the Client which remains
                  unsatisfied for seven days; or

          (x)     any holder of a charge or  mortgage,  over the Client's or any
                  Subsidiary's  Debts or Related Rights, who has given a waiver,
                  release or priority  agreement  to DFS or any other person who
                  has so given a waiver,  release or priority  giving  notice to
                  terminate amend or withdraw the same; or

          (xi)    any  guarantee  given  by a  third  party  in  respect  of the
                  Client's   obligations  under  this  agreement  is  terminated
                  without the prior consent of DFS or otherwise  ceases to be of
                  full force and effect; or
          (xii)   if any of the events referred to in  sub-Conditions  20.1 (iv)
                  to (ix)  inclusive  and 20.1 (xiv)  shall occur in relation to
                  any  guarantor  or  indemnifier  incorporated  in  the  United
                  Kingdom of the Client's obligations to DFS; or

          (xiii)  if any of the Client's  obligations  to third  parties for the
                  repayment of borrowed monies in excess of (pound)250,000 shall
                  be declared due prior to their stated maturity dates by reason
                  of  default  or  shall  not be paid  when  due or  within  any
                  applicable grace period; or

          (xiv)   if any  representation  to DFS  made by the  Client  or on the
                  Client's  behalf  at any time  (whether  before  or after  the
                  Commencement  Date of this Agreement) shall prove to be untrue
                  in any material respect; or

          (xv)    the occurrence of an Event or Default (as defined) in the US
                  Agreement; or

         (xvi)      DFS is unable,  by 31 January  1998,  to obtain a
                    security   interest   position   in  the   assets  of  Elcom
                    International   Inc  and   Catalink   Direct  Inc  which  is
                    immediately  behind the security  interest  position held by
                    Deutsche Financial Services  Corporation in such assets, and
                    such  Termination  Event  continues for thirty  

                                       23
<PAGE>

                    Working Days  following  the receipt by the Client of notice
                    from DFS requiring the same to be remedied.

20.2      DFS may at any time by 90 days written notice to the Client  terminate
          this  agreement  if the  Client  ceases  to be a  Subsidiary  (as that
          expression  is defined in section  736 of the  Companies  Act 1985) of
          Elcom International Ltd.

21.       Preservation of DFS' Rights and Variations

21.1     DFS' rights under the  Agreement  shall not be affected by the grant of
         time or  indulgence  to the Client or to any  Customer  or to any other
         person  nor by any  waiver of or  failure  or delay in  exercising  any
         rights or options whether under the Agreement or otherwise.

21.2     DFS shall be entitled  to rely upon any act done or document  signed or
         communication  sent by any person who DFS  reasonably  believes to be a
         director, company secretary, controller, accountant or treasurer of the
         Client or any person on a list of  authorised  signatories  provided by
         the Client from time to time.

21.3     The Client will carry out the reasonable procedural steps stipulated by
         DFS for the efficient working of the Agreement.

21.4     Any variation of the  Agreement  must be in writing and signed by or on
         behalf of both the Client and DFS but may be constituted by one or more
         document.

22.       Notices

22.1     Any notice given by either party under this Agreement (unless otherwise
         indicated) may be delivered,  posted, sent by facsimile transmission or
         other means of electronic data communication to the other party at such
         other party's  address stated in the Agreement or to such other party's
         registered  office  or to any other  place at which  such  other  party
         conducts  business or handed  personally  to any of such other  party's
         Directors or Company Secretary.

22.2     Any such notice shall be treated as served;

          (i)     if delivered, at the time of delivery;
          (ii) if sent by post, on the second day following the date of posting;
          (iii)  if  sent  by  facsimile   transmission   or   electronic   data
          communication at the time of receipt;  
          (iv) if handed  personally,  at the time of such handing.

                                       

22.3     Any oral notice permitted by this Agreement to be given by DFS shall be
         effective upon being  communicated to any director or company secretary
         of the Client.


                                       24
<PAGE>

23.       Confidential Information

23.1 DFS undertakes and agrees with the Client that all Confidential Information
which  comes  into the  possession  of DFS will be held by DFS in the  strictest
confidence  and that DFS will not  disclose,  divulge  or grant  access  to such
Confidential Information other than to:-

          (i)     its professional advisers; or

          (ii) any reputable  outsourcing  company for the time being engaged by
DFS to supply computer or other outsourcing services; or

          (iii)  collection  agents,  tracing agents,  credit reference or fraud
prevention  agencies  (but  only  to  the  extent  that  such  disclosure  is in
accordance with established market practice); or

          (iv)  Deutsche  Bank  AG,  Deutsche  Financial  Services  Inc  and any
affiliate, subsidiary or parent company thereof.

          (each a  "Permitted  Person") and DFS  undertakes  to procure that any
Permitted  Person will hold such  Confidential  Information  in the strictest of
confidence.  DFS shall,  promptly  upon  termination  of the  Agreement  for any
reason,  return all  Confidential  Information to the Client without keeping any
copies  thereof,  provided  that nothing in this  Condition 24 shall prevent DFS
from retaining Confidential  Information to the extent necessary to allow DFS to
recover the Debts and enforce DFS' rights against Customers.

23.2      Unless  otherwise  agreed in writing by DFS and the Client or required
          by law or by the rules of any stock exchange upon which the securities
          of the Client's  ultimate holding company are listed, no press release
          or other announcement shall be made by either of the parties hereto in
          respect of the subject matter of this Agreement.

Proper Law and Jurisdiction

This Agreement shall be subject to the laws of England without prejudice to DFS'
right to take proceedings in the courts of any other competent jurisdiction.

The above  are the  Standard  Terms and  Conditions  for the  Purchase  of Debts
incorporated  in the  Agreement  whose  Commencement  Date is 3rd December  1997
between  Deutsche  Financial  Services (UK) Ltd. and the Client,  namely,  Elcom
Group  Ltd.which  have been signed on behalf of both parties for the purposes of
identification.

                                       25
<PAGE>


DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES (UK) LIMITED)


Signed on behalf of                    )
Deutsche Financial Services            )
 (UK) Ltd. by                          )
                                       )
By  William Nolin                      )/s/ William Nolin
*Insert full names                     )Signature of Director/Company Secretary
of Director/Company Secretary          )




CLIENT

Signed on behalf of                    )
Elcom Group Limited                    )
                                       )
by  Kevin Morrison                     ) /s/ Kevin Morrison
*insert full names                     )Signature of Director/Company Secretary
of Director/Company Secretary)         )



                                                    
                                                                   Exhibit 10.25





                                AGREEMENT FOR THE

                                SALE AND PURCHASE

                                    OF DEBTS




                                     BETWEEN




                                 ELCOM GROUP LTD


                                       AND


                      DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES (UK) LTD

<PAGE>



                      DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES (UK) LTD.
                       AGREEMENT FOR THE SALE AND PURCHASE
                                    OF DEBTS


PARTICULARS

1.       PARTIES: 1.1      DFS:    Deutsche Financial Services (UK)
                                   Limited.
                           Of:     1 Station View
                                   Guildford
                                   Surrey
                                   GU1 4JY

                                    Incorporated in England and Wales
                                    with official number 2549477

                                       AND

                   1.2  The Client:  Elcom Group Ltd
                                Of:  Elcom House
                                     Langley Business Centre
                                     Langley
                                     Berkshire
                                     SL3 8YR

                                    Incorporated in England and Wales
                                    with official number 297666

1.2      DATE:  This Agreement is made on the day that the last of either DFS 
         or the Client executes it.

1.3      The Commencement date shall be 3rd December 1997 and the Minimum Period
         of this  Agreement  shall be 12 months,  provided that if the financing
         agreement   between   Catalink   Direct   Inc   and   Catalink   Direct
         (Pennsylvania) Inc and Deutsche Financial Services Corporation (the "US
         Agreement")  terminates,  then the minimum period shall end on the date
         that such termination takes effect. (Condition 2.1)

1.4      The Client and DFS must give at least 6 months  written  notice to the
         other at any time to terminate  this  Agreement or such shorter period
         as may be  permitted  for the  giving of notice  to  terminate  the US
         Agreement. ("the Minimum Notice Period") (Condition 2.1)

1.5      This Agreement  shall apply to the following Debts or classes of Debts:
         All Debts arising from Goods supplied .
          (Condition 3.1)

                                       2
<PAGE>

1.6       Permitted Countries: The United Kingdom and the other member states of
          the European Union as at the date hereof and  Switzerland  and Norway.
          (Definition of "Permitted Contract").

1.7      The Client's  maximum  Terms of Payment are 60 Days from invoice  date.
         (Definition of "Terms of Payment" and Condition 10.2(i)).

1.8      The Business of the Client and the Subsidiaries is:
         The supply, sale and distribution of computer and related equipment and
         the provision of related services.
         (Definition of Permitted Contract and Condition 20.1(viii)).

1.9      The prepayment in respect of each Scheduled Approved Debts shall be an
          amount  equal to 85%  (eighty  five per cent) of the Net Value of each
          Scheduled Approved Debt. (Conditions 5.4(i) and (ii) and 5.6(i))

1.10     The Concentration Percentage shall be 20%.
         (Definitions of "Concentration Percentage" and  "Ineligible Debt").

1.11     The Funding Limit shall be (pound)30,000,000 (Thirty Million Pounds).
         (Condition 5.6(i)(b)).

1.12     The Administration Fee shall be (pound)6,000 per month.  (Condition 6.1
         (i)).

1.13     The  Discounting  Charge shall be 1.25% ( one and one quarter per cent)
         above the Base Rate of National  Westminster Bank plc from time to time
         in force.
         (Condition 6.1 (ii)).

1.14     The Reporting Date shall be 15 days from month end.
         (Condition 7.6)

1.15     The Recourse Period shall be 90 days from the Invoice Date.
         (Condition 11.1(i))

PURPOSE

2.       This Agreement is for the sale by the Client and the purchase by DFS of
         those Debts to which this Agreement applies.

INCORPORATION OF CONDITIONS

3.       This Agreement  incorporates DFS' Standard Terms and Conditions for the
         Purchase of Debts ("the  Conditions")  which have been  supplied to the
         Client  and are signed for  identification  purposes  on behalf of both
         parties.  Reference to the "Agreement" here and in the Conditions shall
         include  both this  document and the  Conditions.  The terms set out in
         this document and the  Conditions are the only terms agreed between the
         
                                       3
<PAGE>

         Client and DFS.  Certain  words and  phrases  with  initial  letters in
         capitals have special  meanings  which are explained in Condition 1. In
         the  event  of  any   inconsistency   between  this  document  and  the
         Conditions, the Conditions shall prevail.

SALE AND PURCHASE OF DEBTS

4.       Subject to the terms of this  Agreement,  the Client agrees to sell and
         DFS agrees to purchase all of the Debts to which this Agreement applies
         and their Related Rights  arising under  Contracts of Sale entered into
         by the Client with its  Customers  which shall be in  existence  on the
         Commencement  Date or which  shall  arise  during the  currency of this
         Agreement.

THE PARTICULARS

5.       The Particulars, which apply to this Agreement are those set out above.
         The Conditions  referred to in parentheses in the Particulars  indicate
         where, inter alia, such Particulars apply to the Conditions.

ABSENCE OF NOTICE OF ASSIGNMENT

6.       Until  notice from DFS to the Client,  which notice may be given at any
         time  following  a  Termination  Event  for  so  long  as the  same  is
         continuing  unremedied  and unwaived,  neither DFS nor the Client shall
         give  notice to  Customers  of the  assignment  of Debts.  However,  on
         request by DFS,  following a Termination  Event for so long as the same
         is  continuing  unremedied  and  unwaived  (whether or not the Client's
         agency  referred to in Clause 7 below shall have been  terminated)  the
         Client shall  promptly give notice,  in such form as DFS may reasonably
         require, to all or any of its Customers of the assignment to DFS of the
         Debts.

 CLIENT TO ACT AS AGENT TO PROCURE COLLECTION OF DEBTS

7.1      Until further notice from DFS to the contrary,  the Client is appointed
         to act as the  collection  agent in respect of Debts vested in DFS. The
         Client hereby accepts such appointment.

7.2      As DFS'  collection  agent the  Client  shall  collect  and  attempt to
         enforce  payment  of all sums due in  respect of Debts as and when they
         become due and  administer  the  accounts of and render  statements  to
         Customers  at the Client's  cost and  expense,  subject at all times to
         DFS' right in its  reasonable  discretion  to direct and  control  such
         activities.

7.3      In performing the functions and duties as the collection  agent of DFS,
         the Client shall  exercise the same care that the Client would exercise
         in the collection of Debts for its own account,  which standard of care
         shall not be less than the  standard of care  prevalent in the industry
         in which the Client engages.

7.4      DFS may request from time to time information relating to all Debts and
         Client  will  promptly  provide  DFS  with any  information  reasonably
         requested.  If DFS appoints 

                                       4
<PAGE>

          another  person  as  the  collection   agent,   DFS  may  make  credit
          adjustments for the Client's account.

7.5      In no event shall the Client  knowingly take any action that would make
         DFS a party  to any  litigation  without  DFS'  express  prior  written
         consent.

7.6      DFS may at any time following a Termination  Event,  for so long as the
         same is  continuing  unremedied  and  unwaived,  terminate the Client's
         functions  as the  collection  agent by  delivery  to the  Client  of a
         written notice of such termination.  Upon such termination, and without
         limitation:

         (i)      DFS, or a third party  designated by DFS, shall administer the
                  administrative,   servicing  and  collection   functions  with
                  respect to Debts vested in DFS to the standard of a reasonable
                  and prudent purchaser of Debts, and

         (ii)     DFS  shall,  at any time  thereafter,  be  entitled  to notify
                  Customers to make payment of amounts due  thereunder  directly
                  to DFS at an address  designated by DFS or to such third party
                  or a bank or other recipient as may be designated by DFS; and

         (iii)    The Client will pay all reasonable  costs and expenses,  legal
                  or  otherwise,  incurred  or  payable  by  DFS  thereafter  in
                  maintaining the Customers accounts or in exercising its rights
                  under  Condition  17 in  respect  of  Debts  and of  enforcing
                  Related Rights.

7.7      The  Client  will not  hold  itself  out as DFS'  agent  for any  other
         purpose.  The Client will not appoint any other person as agent for the
         collection  of Debts  (including  external  debt  collection  agents or
         lawyers)  without  DFS'  prior  approval,   such  approval  not  to  be
         unreasonably  withheld  or delayed  provided  that the Client  shall be
         entitled to appoint such an agent in circumstances where:-

          (i)  the  aggregate  indebtedness  in respect of which all such agents
               have been appointed is less than (pound)50,000; or

         (ii)     the Debt or Debts in  question  have been  outstanding  for 90
                  days or more after the relevant Invoice Date(s).

         Whilst such agency subsists  Conditions 17.1 to 17.3 inclusive will not
         be  enforced  by DFS and  Condition  17.5  will  only  be used  without
         referring to DFS by name.

ACCOUNTS

8.       Until further notice from DFS, the Client will maintain accounts in the
         names of each Customer to which Debts at their Scheduled value shall be
         debited and their respective  Collections shall be credited. The Client
         will supply up to date copies of such  accounts to DFS at any time upon
         request.  Each  day  the  Client  will  send  DFS a  list  showing  all
         Collections  from  Customers on that day. The Client will allocate such
         Collections to the accounts of Customers.

                                       5
<PAGE>

POWER OF ATTORNEY

9.1      As security for the performance of the Client's obligations, the Client
         irrevocably  appoints  DFS, its  Directors,  its Company  Secretary and
         every  Manager  of DFS  jointly  and each of them  severally  to be the
         Client's  attorney,  both during and after termination of the Agreement
         however  occurring  and until all  monies due to DFS have been paid and
         all obligations of the Client to DFS have been discharged. The power of
         attorney  granted  pursuant to this Clause 9 shall only be used for the
         purpose of perfecting  DFS' title to any Debt or its Related  Rights,to
         obtain  payment  of  Debts  and  to  secure  performance  of any of the
         Client's obligations under the Agreement or otherwise or to Customers.

9.2       By such  irrevocable  appointment  DFS may at any time (but subject as
          provided in clause 9.1):

         (i) execute or sign deeds and documents (including  assignments);  (ii)
         obtain payment of Debts;  (iii) complete,  deal with or endorse cheques
         and other  instruments  and  remittances;  (iv)  institute,  conduct or
         defend proceedings;  (v) settle the Client's  indebtedness to DFS or to
         Customers;
         (vi)     perform  such other  lawful acts as DFS may in its  reasonable
                  discretion consider necessary or expedient.

9.3  The  Client  irrevocably  authorises  DFS to allow any  assignee  of DFS to
     perform any of the acts set out in Clause 9.2.

9.4  The Client agrees to ratify  anything  lawfully  done by any  attorney,  or
     agent under the powers set out above.


UNDERSTANDING

10.      The Client acknowledges:

         (i)      having read and understood the Agreement; and
         (ii)     having had the opportunity  before signing to take independent
                  legal  advice as to the rights and  obligations  of the Client
                  and DFS under this Agreement.

ASSIGNMENT BY SUBSIDIARIES

11.      It is  acknowledged  by the  Client  and DFS that each of the  Client's
         subsidiary   companies   listed  below  (each  of  which  is  called  a
         "Subsidiary")  has  assigned  or has agreed to assign to the Client the
         debts  due  and to  become  due by  each  such  subsidiary's  customers
         together  with their  related  rights  ("Subsidiaries'  Debts") and has
         permitted  to the Client to  discount  and assign such debts to DFS. In
         consideration of the Client  accounting for the net proceeds of them to
         each Subsidiary, DFS

                                       6
<PAGE>

         has agreed  that  Subsidiaries'  Debts  shall be sold by the Client and
         purchased by DFS in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and its
         conditions.

                                THE SUBSIDIARIES

         Data Supplies Limited              -        Company Number 1645676
         AMA (UK) Limited..                 -        Company Number 2419522
         Portable Computers Limited         -        Company Number 2448018
         Elcom Information Services Limited -        Company Number 2834456

12.      Accordingly  this  Agreement  and its  Conditions  shall be  treated as
         having been amended mutatis mutandis.  Without affecting the generality
         of the  foregoing.  DFS  will  not  keep  separate  accounts  for  each
         Subsidiary  and shall treat the Client as the only party to whom it has
         any obligations.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

13. Prepayments will not be available until:

         (i)      Elcom  International  Inc and  Catalink  Direct  Inc have each
                  entered into a collateralised  guarantee with DFS in an agreed
                  form;

         (ii)     Elcom  International Inc and Catalink Direct Inc have executed
                  and have  delivered to DFS,  UCC  financing  statements  which
                  evidence DFS' security interest in the collateral set forth in
                  the collateralised guarantees referenced above in (i);

         (iii)    Each of the Subsidiaries and Elcom Holdings  Limited,  Prophet
                  Group Limited, Able Computer  Distribution  Limited,  Portable
                  Computers  Limited,   DS  Datacare  Limited,   Elite  Computer
                  Distribution   Limited,   Rapid  Recall  Limited,   and  Elcom
                  Information  Services  Limited have given guarantees to DFS in
                  respect of the Client's  obligations  hereunder and passed and
                  carried into effect such resolutions in respect thereof as DFS
                  may reasonably require;

         (iv)     Each of the  Subsidiaries  and the Client  have  entered  into
                  charges over non-vesting debts in DFS' favour;

         (v) Each of the Subsidiaries have entered into an Agency Agreement with
the Client and DFS;

         (vi) Trust Bank Accounts as specified by DFS have been opened.

To  indicate  their  respective  intentions  to be  bound  by the  terms of this
document it has been duly executed as a deed on behalf of DFS and the Client.

                                       7
<PAGE>










SIGNED and DELIVERED as a Deed on...        )
behalf of ELCOM GROUP LIMITED               )  
                                            )   
on 3rd December 1997                        )  
                                            )
by (insert full name of Director)           )
                                            )
Kevin P. Thackrah                           ) /s/ Kevin P. Thackrah 
Director                                    )  Signature of Director
                                            )      
and by (insert full name of                 )
(Company Secretary)                         )
                                            )
Kevin Morrison                              ) /s/ Kevin Morrison
                                            )  Signature of Company Secretary
DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES (UK) LTD.       

SIGNED and DELIVERED as a Deed on           )
behalf of DEUTSCHE FINANCIAL SERVICES       )
(UK) LTD. on 3rd December 1997              )
by                                          )
Full Names:  William Nolin                  ) /s/ William Nolin
(Director)                                  )  Signature of Director
and by                                      )
Full Names:  Nigel W. Pearson               ) /s/ Nigel W. Pearson
(Company Secretary)                         ) Signature of Company Secretary

*Delete as applicable.



                                                                   Exhibit 10.33

                                     [LOGO]
September 2, 1997

Mr. Laurence F. Mulhern
Elcom International, Inc.
10 Oceana Way
Norwood, MA  02062

      Re: Reaffirmation of Guaranty

Dear Mr. Mulhern:

      You  executed a Guaranty  on  November  6, 1995  ("Guaranty")  in favor of
Deutsche Financial Services  Corporation  ("DFS"),  guaranteeing the payment and
performance  of all  current  and future  liabilities  and  obligations  owed by
Catalink Direct,  Inc.  ("Dealer") to DFS. The financing  program between Dealer
and DFS has changed, which may affect your liabilities and obligations under the
Guaranty.

      Please reaffirm your  continuing  guarantee of the payment and performance
of all  current and future  liabilities  and  obligations  owed by Dealer to DFS
pursuant to the terms of the  Guaranty  by dating,  signing  and  returning  the
original of this letter to DFS at the address specified above.

      Thank you for your prompt attention to this matter.

Sincerely,
/s/ A. D. Hartford
By:   A. D. Hartford
Title:    Regional Vice President

              Acknowledgment, Consent and Reaffirmation of Guaranty

      The undersigned  acknowledges and consents to all changes in the financing
program between Dealer and DFS, and agrees that all such changes are in the best
interests  of  Dealer  and  the  undersigned.   In  consideration  of  financial
accommodations  granted and which may  hereafter be granted to Dealer by DFS, in
consideration  of DFS'  reliance on the Guaranty and for other good and valuable
consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
undersigned reaffirms its continuing guarantee of the payment and performance of
all  current  and  future  liabilities  and  obligations  owed by  Dealer to DFS
pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty,  and the undersigned  further agrees that
the validity and enforceability of the Guaranty shall not be affected in any way
or manner by any changes in the financing program between Dealer and DFS.

DATED:  September 8, 1997

CORPORATE, PARTNERSHIP OR
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY GUARANTOR:

Elcom International, Inc., a Delaware Corporation
(Name of Corporate, Partnership or
Limited Liability Company Guarantor)

By:  /s/ L. F. Mulhern
Print Name: L. F. Mulhern
Title:  Chief Financial Officer




                                                                 Exhibit 10.38


                                  AMENDMENT ONE
                                       TO
                           THE 1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                          OF ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                  WHEREAS,   subject  to  stockholder  approval,  the  Board  of
Directors of Elcom  International,  Inc. (the "Company")  approved the following
amendment to The 1997 Stock Option Plan of Elcom International,  Inc., effective
February 17, 1998; and

                  WHEREAS,  the  undersigned  officer is authorized,  subject to
stockholder  approval, to integrate this amendment into the Company's 1997 Stock
Option  Plan and any officer is  thereafter  entitled to certify the same as the
true and complete copy of the amended Plan;

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  The 1997 Stock Option Plan of Elcom  
International,  Inc. is hereby  amended as follows:

         A. The first  sentence of Section 6,  entitled  "Shares  Subject to the
Plan" is hereby deleted in its entirety, and replaced with the following:

                           "6.      Shares Subject to the Plan.  Subject to the
provisions  of the next  succeeding  provisions of this Section 6, the aggregate
number of shares of Common Stock for which options may be granted under the Plan
shall be 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock."

                  IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   Elcom  International,   Inc.,  by  the
undersigned  officer duly authorized,  has executed this document as of the 17th
day of February, 1998.



                                THE COMPANY

                                ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                By:  /s/ Laurence F. Mulhern
                                Laurence F. Mulhern
                                Its:  Corporate Executive Vice President,
                                Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary





                                                                  Exhibit  21.1



                  ELCOM INTERNATIONAL, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES


           SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT AND STATE OF INCORPORATION
                              AS OF MARCH 2, 1998


                                                                 Place of
        Name                                                  Incorporation

Elcom International, Inc.                                       Delaware

Elcom Systems, Inc.                                             Delaware

Catalink Direct, Inc.                                           Delaware

Elcom International Limited                                   United Kingdom

Elcom Systems Limited                                         United Kingdom

Elcom Group Limited                                           United Kingdom

AMA (UK) Limited                                              United Kingdom

Elcom Holdings Limited                                        United Kingdom

Rapid Recall Limited                                          United Kingdom

Elcom Information Services Limited                            United Kingdom

Elite Computer Distribution Limited                           United Kingdom

Prophet Group Limited                                         United Kingdom

Portable Computers Limited                                    United Kingdom

Able Computer Distribution Limited                            United Kingdom

Data Supplies Limited                                         United Kingdom

DS Datacare Limited                                           United Kingdom

Lantec Information Services Limited                           United Kingdom




                                                                   Exhibit 23.1


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS




As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
reports  included  in this  Form  10-K,  into  the  Company's  previously  filed
Registration Statement File Nos. 333-34193, 333-24809 and 333-00362.



/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Boston, Massachusetts
March 12, 1998








                                                                    Exhibit 23.2




INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT


We consent to the  incorporation  by reference in  Registration  Statements  No.
333-00362, 333-24809 and 333-34193 of Elcom International,  Inc. on Form S-8 of
our reports each dated 21 March,  1997  (relating to the 1996 and 1995 financial
statements of Elcom  International  Limited and AMA (UK) Limited),  appearing in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Elcom International,  Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 1997.


/s/  Deloitte & Touche

Chartered Accountants
London, England
12 March 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This  Schedule  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
consolidated  financial  statements of Elcom  International,  Inc.'s 10-k and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to such financial statements as set forth
on Pages F-1 through F-22
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                                          0000900096
<NAME>                                         Elcom International, Inc.
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                          1
<CASH>                                              33,165
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                      186,423
<ALLOWANCES>                                         5,474
<INVENTORY>                                         60,437
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   277,806
<PP&E>                                              34,099
<DEPRECIATION>                                      17,649
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                     332,068
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                              218,300
<BONDS>                                                  0
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                               272
<OTHER-SE>                                         110,031
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                       332,068
<SALES>                                            760,136
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                   760,136
<CGS>                                              669,742
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                       71,475
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                         0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   5,203
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                     14,777
<INCOME-TAX>                                         4,489
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                 10,288
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                        10,288
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                          .38
<EPS-DILUTED>                                          .35
        



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission